Nema WC 7 PDF

NEMA Standards Publication No.
WC 7-1992
ICEA Publication No. S-66-524
Revision No. 3, December, 1996
CßQSS-LINKED-THERMOSET7-lNG-PQLYETHYLENE-INSULATED
WIRE ANDCABLE FOR THE TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION
OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY
Prepared and Sponsored by:
Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.

P.O. Box 440
South Yarmouth. MA 02664
Approved and Published by:
National Electrical Manufacturers Association

1300 North 17th Street
Rosslyn, VA 22209
O Copyright 1998 by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association

and the Insulated Cable
Engineers Association. All rights including translation into other languages, reserved under the
Universal Copyright Convention, the Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic
Works, and the International and Pan American Copyright Conventions.
COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

Licensed by Information Handling Services
STDONEMA WC 7-ENGL L98d 6470247 0513794 724 m
NEMA STANDARDS PUBLICATION NO.WC 7-1988/ICEA S-66-524
CROSS-LINKED-THERMOSETVING-POLYETHYLENE-INSULATED WIRE AND

CABLE FOR THE TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTIONOF ELECTRICAL ENERGY
Revision No.2, July 16, 1992
Approved by
Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.
Publish& by:
National Electrical ManufacturersAssociation
2101 L Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20037-1526

S T D - N E M A WC 7 - E N G L L S B B m 6 4 7 0 2 4 7 0533775 b b O

2101 L Street, N.W., Suite 300
Washington, DC 20037 (202)457-8400
Telex 904077 NEMA WSH
March I, 1 9 9 3
TO: All known h o l d e r s of WC 7-1988
FROM: S t a n d a r dPs u b l i c a t i o En d i t o r '
SUBJECT: R e v i s i o n 2 of NEMA S t a n d a r d s P u b l i c a t i o n No. WC 7
E n c l o s e dp l e a s ef i n d WC 7 - 1 9 8 8R e v i s i o n 3 . P l e a s e follow t h e
d i r e c t i o n sb e l o wt ob r i n gy o u r c o p y o f WC 7-1988up t o date. the
r e v i s i o n was a p p r o v e do nJ u l y 16, 1 9 9 2 .
REMOVE REPLACE
Title page T i t l e page
Table of C o n t e n t s Table o f C o n t e n t s
pages 11-14 pages 1 1 - 1 4
page 3 5 / 3 6 page 35/36
p a g e s4 7 / 4 8 pages 4 7 / 4 8
p a g e s 81-84 pages 81-84
p a g e s 99-102 pages 99-102

ICEA Pub. No. S66-524
NEMA WC 7-1988
WC 7
CROSS-LINKE#-THERMOSE7TlNG-POLYETHYLENE-INSULATED
WIRE AN# CABLEFOR THE TRANSMISSION AN# DISTRIBUTION
OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY
Revision No. 1 - September 1991
No. S-66-524 (Second Edition) andNEMA

(This publication supercedes ICEA Publication
Publication No. WC 7-1982)
Approved by Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.
Prior to publication, all NEMA StandardsandAuthorizedEngineeringInformationthat
appear in this publication unchanged since their appearance in WC 7-1982 (or in interim
revisions 1 through 4) were reaffirmedby the National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
Published by:

2101 L Street, N.W., Suite 300
Washington, DC 20037
O 1991 National Electrical Manufacturers Association

WC
NEMA STANDARDS PUBLICATION NO. WC 7

ICEA PUBLICATION NO. S-66-524
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 2101 L STREET, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20037
INSULATED
CABLE
ENGINEERS
ASSOCIATION W PO BOX P, SOUTH YARMOUTH, MA 02664
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-9.
FOREWORD ......................................... i
Section 1 GENERAL
. Sc0pe .............................................. 1
General
Information ...................................... 1
Informationto be Suppiied by the Purchaser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Characteristicsof System on WhichCable is to be Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
QuantitiesandDescription of Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Section 2 CONDUCTORS
Wires.Physicaland Electrical Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Copperwires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Aluminum Wms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solid 2
Conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stranded 3
Conductor Size Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Conductor DC ResistancePerUnit of Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
DirectMeasurement of DC ResistancePer Unit Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Calculation of DC ResistancePer Unit Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Conductor
Diameter ...................................... 3
Layer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stress Control 4
Section 3 INSULATION
Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Insulation Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Three-phax Systemswith 100 or 133 PercentInsulationLevel ............ 11
Delta Systems Rated Where One LegMay Be Grounded
for Periods over 1 Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Single-andTwo-phaseSystemswith100and 133 Percent Insulation Level . . . . . . 11
DirectCurrent
Systems .................................. 11
InsulationThickness for SubmarinePowerCable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Insulation CIasses andRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
VoltageTests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Insulation Resistance
Constants ............................... 14
Insulation for Cables R ad O through 2000 W t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Physical and
AgingRequirements ............................. 14
Elecaical Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
VoltageTests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
InsulationResistanceTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
AcceleratedWaterAbsorptionRequirements ........................ 14
Insulation for Cables Rated 2001 Volts and Above . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Physical and AgingRequirements ............................. 14
Electrical Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
k l u g e Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
InsulationResistance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Partial-dischargeExtinction Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
AdditionalRequirements .................................. 15
U-BendDischarge .................................... 15

.
. .
.. .
"
"
"
hg.
Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
BoreholeCable(SuspendedatOne End Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Annor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
S i z e of Armor Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Lay ............................................ 32
Dredgecable ........................................ 32
Armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
SizeofArmorWire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
PitchRatio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Shaftcable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
VerticalRiserCable(Suspendedat One EndOnly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
NonsheathedCable for 1n:Wation v.ithin Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Amor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Size of Armor Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Size of Armor Wm for Sheathed Vemcal Riser Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Wie BandServing ..................................... 33
DIWSIOH III-ROUSD WIREARMOR FOR BURIED CABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Armor Wire and Jute (Sheathed and Nonsheathed Cables) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Section 5 ASSEMBLY. FILLERS.AND CONDUCTORIDENTIFICATION

Assembly of Multiple-ConductorCables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Multiple-Conductor RoundCables .............................. 35
Rat Twin Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Fille. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
ConductorIdentification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
PowerCables ........................................ 35
ControlCables(Deleted) .................................. 35
Section 6 TESTING AND TEST METHODS
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Tesrs
on
Samples ........................................ 36
ConductorTestMethods .................................... 36
Methodfor DC ResistanceDetermination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
M e h d s for Cross-Sectional Area Determinarion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Cross-sectionalArea by Diameter Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Cross-sectionalArea by Weight ............................. 37
Methodsfor Diamew Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Diameterby
Micrometer Measurement ......................... 37
DiameterbyTapeMeasurement ............................. 37
Test Samples and Specimens for Physical and AgingTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Number ofThicknessMeasurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
MeasurementofThickness ................................. 38
MicrometerMeasurements ................................ 38
MicroscopeMeasurements ................................ 38
....................
Sampling of Insulation far Physical and Aging Tests 38
......................
Sampling of Jacket for Physical and Aging Tem 38
NumberofTest Specimens ................................. 38
SizeofSpecimens ...................................... 40
Preparation of Specimens of Insulationand Jacket ..................... 40
SpecimenforAccelerated Apng Test ............................ 40

i
P.O.
Calculation of Area of TestSpecimens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
PhysicalTest
Procedures .................................. 40
Test
Temperature ..................................... 40
Type of TestingMachine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
TensileStrength
Test ................................... 40
SetTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Elongation
Test ...................................... 41
Tensile Suess Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
AgingTests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Aging Test
Specimens .................................. 41
OxygenPressureTest ................................... 41
Air Oven Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
OilImmersionTest for Cross-linked ~ e r m o s e t Jacket
) ................ 41
OilImmersionTest for Po;yvinyl Chhide Jacket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
HotCreepTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
SolventExtraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
PhysicalTests for SemiconductingMaterialIntended for Extrusion . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test 42
Test
Specimens ...................................... 42
Elongation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Britlleness
Test ...................................... 42
Retests for Physicaland Aging PropertiesandThickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
CapacityandPowerFactorTests ............................... 42
AcceleratedWaterAbsorptionTests .............................. 43
Test
Sample ......................................... 43
Melhod (EM-60) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical 43
ThicknessofTapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Compound-Filled Tape ................................... 43
Metallic Shielding Tape or Sm1 Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Thickness of Metallic Sheaths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Thickness of JuteBeddings and Servings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Tests forThermoplasticJackets ................................ 44
Heatshock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Heat
Distortion ....................................... 44
Specimen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test 44
TestProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Cold
Bend .......................................... 44
EnvironmentalCracking .................................. 44
Specimen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test 44
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
AbsorptionCoefficientTest for Jackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Tests for DischargeResistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
General ........................................... 45
SpecificSurfaceResistivity ................................. 45
Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U-Bend 45
Track Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
MethodA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
MethodB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
WumeResistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Test
Sample ......................................... 46
Conductor Sm= Control .................................. 46
InsulationShield. ...................................... 46
SmppingTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Rame Test (Deleted) .................................... 47

ber
Generai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Extra-Heavy-Duty-NeopreneJacket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
H-v-Duty Neoprene Jacket ............................. 76
Extra-Heavy-Duty Niaile-Butadiene/Poiyvinyl-ChlorideJacket . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Heavy-Duty Niaile-ButadiendPolyvinyI-Chloride Jacket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Heavy-DutyChlomsulfonatedPolyethylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Extra-Heavy-Duty Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene .................. 77
ChlorinatedPolyethylene.HeavyDuty. Cross-linked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
Extra-Heavy-DutyChlorinatedPolyethylene Cross-linked . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ThicknessofJacket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
77
78
78
CompletedCable ...................................... 78
OutsideDiamem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Diameter
Tolerances ................................... 78
Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
NonshieldedSingle-ConductorPowerCable ......................... 78
Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Jacket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Lengthofby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical 79
ACVoltage
Test .................................... 79
Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation 79
DC Voltage Test .................................... 79
Tests forDischargeResistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Surface
Resistivity ................................... 79
U-Bend Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
TrackResistance of NonjacketedCables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
MethodA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
MehodB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Nonshieided
Single-Conductor Cable for Series-Lighting
Circuits .............. 80
Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Tests ............................................. 80
Voltage Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Insulation
Resistance ................................... 80
Tests forDischargeResistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surface 81
U-Bend
Discharge ................................... 81
Track
Resistance .................................... 81
MelhodA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
MelhodB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
ControlCables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Scope(Deleted) ....................................... 81
Conductors ....................................
(Deleted) 81
.....................................
Insulation(De1eted) 81
.............................
Covaing over Insulation (Deleted) 81
.............................
Conductor Identifiaion @el&) 81
Assembly .....................................
(Delered) 81
..................................
Ovuall Jackeu (kleted) 81
..................................
Type D Cables(Deleted) 81
........................................
Tests (Deleted) 81
.........................
Metal-CladCables With GroundConductor 83
scope ............................................ 83
Conductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Cables Rated 2001 W t s andAbove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
....

.
hg.
ConductorStressControlLayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation 83
Covering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
. Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Section a APPENDICES
Appendix A MBREVIA~ONS AND SYMBOU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Appendix B RepresentativeTensileStrength and Elongation of NonmagneticMetals . . . . . . . . . . 86
Appendix C Definitions for Maximum Temperatureof Conductors in Insuiated Wire and Cable . . . . . 87
Maximum Conductor Temperature-Opeaamg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
hAaximum ConductorTemperature-Emeqency Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Maximum ConductorTemperature-ShortCircuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Appendix D ECWGENCY OVERLOADS ................................... 88
Appenlx E NEMA. ICEA. AND ASTMSTANDARDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
NEMA Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
ICEA Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
ASTM Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Appendix F AWACITIES FOR ?\VO-CONDUCTOR CONCEN-IRIC-NEUTRAL SINGLE-PHASE
PRIMARY UNDERGROUND RESIDEhTAL DISTRIBLTON CAELES . . . . . . . . . . 91
Appendix F-1
h P A C I T l E S FOR THREE-PHASE UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUIION CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Appendix G SHIELDING ........................................... 92
Definition of Shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Functions of Shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Use of Insulation Shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Grounding of the Insulation Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Shield
Materials ........................................ 92
SplicesandTerminations ................................... 93
Appendix H RECOMMESDED BENDINGRXDII FOR CABLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Sc0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pe ........ 94
Shielding
Metallic
Without
Cables
Power or Armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
PowerCablesWithMetallicShielding or Armor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Interlocked Armored Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
FlatTapeandWireArmoredCables ............................ 94
Shielded Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Tape Shielded Cables ................................... 94
Wm Shielded Cablcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Portable Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Drum Diameter of Reels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Appendix I AMPACITIES FOR THREE-coNDu~R MINE WER CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Appendix J AMPACITIES AND VOLTAGE RATINGS OF PORTAELE CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Ampacities(Current-Carrymg Ampacity in Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
tbltage Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Appenhx K Deleted
Appendix L ADDITIONALC O N D U ~ INFORMATION
R ........................... 103

Foreword
This Standards Publication for Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution
of Electrical Energy was developed by the Insulated Cable Engineers Association and approved
by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
I C E M M A Standards are adopted in the public interest and are designed to eliminate
misunderstanding between the manufacturer and the user and to assist the user in selecting and
obtaining the proper productfor his particular need. Existence of an ICEA/NEMA Standard
does not in any respect preclude the manufacture of use of products not conforming to the
standard. The user of this standard is cautioned to observe anyhealth or safety regulations and
rules relative to themanufacture and use of cable made in conformity with this standard.
Requests for interpretation of thisStandard must be submitted in writingto the InsulatedCable
Engineers Association, P.O. Box P,South Yarmouth, Massachusetts 02664. An official written
interpretationwillbe provided. Suggestionsforimprovements gained theusein of this publication
will be welcomed bythe Association.
i
STD.NEMA WC 7-ENGL 1988 647024
0753376
T49 7
ICEA S-66-524 WC 7-1992

Page 1
CROSS-LINKED-THERMOSETTING-POLYETHYLENE-INSULATED WIRE
AND CABLE FOR THE TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION OF
ELECTRICAL ENERGY
Section 1
GENERAL
1.1
SCOPE 5. Cable insulation level (see 3.2).
These standards apply to materials,constructions, 6. Minimum temperature at which cable will be in-
and testing of cross-linked-thermosetting-polyethylene- staIIed.
insulated wires and cables that are used for the trans- 7. Description of installation.
mission and distribution of electrical energy for normal a.Inbuildings.
conditions of installation and service, either indoors, b. Inundergroundducts.
aerial, underground, or submarine. c. Aerial.
1. On messenger in metal rings.
1.2 GENERAL INFORMATION 2. On messenger with marlin ties.
These standards cover the requirements for conduc- 3. Preassembled.
tors,theinsulationsand protective coverings, and 4. Fieldspun.
general constructional and dimensional details common d. Direct burial in ground.
to most standard types of wires and cables. Construc- e. Submarine.
tions of specific typesare covered in Section7. Where a f. Descriptions other than the foregoing.
conflict exists between the requirements of Section 7 8. Conditions of installations.
and those of Sections 1to 6, inclusive, therequirements a. Ambient temperature.
of Section 7 shall apply. See Appendix E for complete b. Number of loadedcablesin duct bank or
titles and dates of ICEA publications and ASTM Stand- conduit. If in conduit, give type of conduit
ards towhich reference ismade in this publication. (metallic or nonmetallic),number of loaded
Insulation thicknessesare designated in terms of cable conduits, enclosed or exposed, and spacing
insulation levels (see 3.2). between conduits.
In classifying jackets and sheaths in these standards, c. Load factor.
the term “jacket” refers to a continuous nonmetallic d. Method of bonding and grounding of metallic
covering and “sheath” to a continuous metallic covering. coverings (including shields).
In these standards, units are expressed in the English e. Wet or drylocation.
system. For information only, their approximate metric f. Thermal resistivity (rho) ofsoil.
equivalents are included. 1.3.2 Quantities and Description of Cable
1.3INFORMATION TO BE SUPPLIED BY 1. Total number of feet, including test lengths, and
PURCHASER lengths if specific lengths are required.
When requesting proposals from cable manufac- 2. Type of cable. Describe as single conductor, two-
turers, theprospectivepurchasershouldfurnish the conductor flat, two-conductorround, etc.
followinginformation:(Thisparagraphapproved by 3. Rated circuit voltage,phase-to-phase.
NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information.) 4. Type of conductor - copper or aluminum.
5. Size of conductor - AWG or circular mils. If con-
1.3.1 Characteristics of System on Which Cable ditions require other than standard stranding, a
is to be Used complete description should be given.
1. Current - alternating or direct. 6. Insulation.
2. Frequency-hertz 7. Thickness of insulation in mils.
3. Normal operating voltagebetweenphases or, if 8. Type of outer covering.
direct current, between conductors. 9. Maximumallowableoveralldiameterininches.
4. Number of phases and conductors. If series light- When duct space is not limited, it is desirable not
ing, give open-circuit voltage and state whether to restrict the overall diameter.
system isoperating with or without protectors. 10. Method of conductor identification.

STD.NEMA WC 7-ENGL L988 6470247 05137b5 923
WC 7-1992 ICEA S-66-524

Page 2
Section 2
CONDUCTORS
2.0 Requirements of a referenced ASTM standard shall apply only to non-compressed and non-compact
shall be determinedin accordance with the procedure conductors. The requirements of 2.1.2.2 or 2.1.23 shall
or method designated in the referenced ASTM stand- not apply if the requirements of 2.3.1 or 2.3.2 are met.
ard unless otherwise specifiedin the standard.
The following technical information on typical con- 2.1.2.1 Aluminum UM wires shaIl meet the chemical
ductors may be foundin Appendix L requirements ofASTM B 233.Aluminum alloy wiresshall
a. Approximate diameters of individualwires in contain a minimum of 97 percent aluminumby weight.
stranded conductors.
2.1.2.2 Aluminum 1350 and aluminum alloy wires in-
I b. Approximate diameters
listed in Table 2-7.
of conductors
c. Approximateconductor weights.
not
tended for a stranded conductor shall meet one of the
foliowing:
1. Hard-drawn wire shall meet the tensile, elongation,
2 1 WIRES, PHYSICALANDELECTRICAL of ASTM B 230.
finish and brittleness requirements
PROPERTIES 2. Annealed or intermediate temper wire shall meet
of ASTM B 609.
the tensile and finish requirements
The wires usedin conductors shall be copper in accord-
ance with 21.1 or aluminumin accordance with 2.1.2. 2.1.2.3 Aluminum 1350 and aluminumalloywires
removed froma concentric lay stranded conductorshall
21.1 Copper Wires
meet the tensile requirements and bendingproperties
Copper wires shall meet the requirements of 21.1.1 and of ASTM B 231, Sections 8.5 and 8.6 or 9.2 and 9.4.
either 2.1.12 or 2.1.13. The 2.1.13 option shall apply only
to non-compressed and non-compact conductors. 2 2 SOLIDCONDUCTORS
Solid conductors shall meet the requirements of 2.2.1
2.1.1.1 Copper wires shall meetthe chemical require-
ments of ASTM B 5. or 2.2.2.
2.2.1 A solid copper conductorshall consistof a single
2.1.1.2 Soft or annealed copper wires intended for a
round wire meeting the requirements given in 2.1.1.1
stranded conductor shall meet the elongation, finish,
and 2.1.1.2.
and coating continuity requirements of one of the fol-
lowing: 2.2.2 A solid aluminum U50 or aluminum alloy con-
1. ASTM B 3 for uncoated wires. ductor shall consist of a single round wire meeting the
2. ASTM B 33 for tin-coated wires. requirements given in 2.1.2.1,2.2.2.1, and Table 2-1 and
3. ASTM B 189 for lead or lead-alloy-coated wires. the finish requirements of M T M B230.Tensile strength
of aluminum 1350 and aluminum alloy conductors and
2.1.1.3 Copper wires removed from a concentric lay
elongation of aluminum alloyconductors shaIl be deter-
strandedconductor,annealed after stranding, shall
meet the elongation requirements of ASTM B 8, Sec- mined according to ASTM B 230.
tions 7.4,75, and 7.6. 2.2.2.1 Size 12 to 8 AmericanWtre Gauge (AWG)
2.1.2AluminumWires solid aluminum conductors shall be an aluminum alloy
with an elongation atrupture of not less than 10 percent
Aluminum wires shall meettherequirements of in 10 inches.
2.1.2.1 and either 2.1.2.2 or 2.1.2.3. The 2.1.2.3 option
Table 2-1
Solid Aluminum 1350 and Aluminum Alloy Conductors
Tcnsik Strength
Conductor Sim Aluminum 1350 Aluminum Alloy
AWG psi MPa psi MPa
12-8 ... ... 15000-22000 los152

-152 12000-22000 7-1 83-152 12000-22000
V0 and larger 8500-22000 59-152 8500-22000 59-152

ICEA S-66-524 WC 7-1992
Page 3
2.3 STRANDED CONDUCTORS
2-4, Table 2-5, and Table2-6. The dc resistance shall be
Stranded conductors shall consist of a number of determined in accordance with 2.5.1 or 2.5.2.
wire individually meeting the appropriate requirements Where the resistance is measured on a sample taken
of 2.1. All wires in a stranded conductor shallbe of the froma multiple conductor cable, or where the resistance
same material and temper. There shall be no water in is calculated,the appropriate maximum resistancevalue
the stranded conductor of the cable as shipped. specified for a single conductor cable shall apply.
Exception:Coatedwires shall bepermittedtobe
used in only the outer layerof an uncoated conductorin 25.1 Dir& Measurement of DC Resistance Per
order to obtain free strippingof the adjacent polymeric Unit Length
layer. The dc resistanceof the resulting conductor shall The dc resistance per unit length shallbe determined
not
exceed the
value
specified
for
an
uncoated by dc resistance measurements made in accordance
conductor of the same size. with 63.1 to anaccuracy of 2 percent or better. If
The requirementsforlay, joints, and number of measurements are made at a temperature other than
wires shall be in accordance with one of the foIlowine: 25°C (TF), the measured value shall be converted to
1. ASTM B 8 for concen&ic-lay Class B, C, or -&.i resistance at 25°C (77°F) byusingeither of the following
copper conductors. 1. Theappropriate multiplying factor fromTable
2. ASTM B 172 for rope-lay
stranded
copper 6-1.
conductors with bunch-stranded members. 2. A multiplying factor calculated using the ap-
3. ASTM B 173 for rope-lay stranded
copper plicable formulain the footnote to Table6-1.
conductors with concentric-stranded copper If verification is required for the dc resistance meas-
conductors. urement made on an entire length of completed cable,
4. ASTM B 174 for bunch-stranded copper Conductors. a sample at least 1 foot (30.5 cm) longshall be cut from
5. ASTM B 496 forcompact-round smded copper that reel length, and the dc resistance of each conduc-
conductors. tor shall be measured using a Keivin-type bridge or a
6. ASTM B 231 for concenmc-lay class B, C, or D potentiometer.
stranded aluminum 1350 or aluminum alloy Where an uninsulated conductor is in contact with
Conductors. another metallic or conductive component of the cable,
7. ASTM B 400 for COqaa-rOundstranded alumin~m measurements shall be made on a sample taken from the
1350 or aluminum alloy conductors. completed cable.
2.3.1 Concentric-lay-stranded aluminum conductors,
including compressed strand, if tested as a unit as an 25.2 Calculationof OC Resistance Per Unit
dtemative to 2.1.2.2or 2.1.2.3and before application of Length
any coverings, shall meet the tensile requirements and The dcresistance per unit lengthat 25°C (77°F)
bending properties of ASTM B 231, Sections 8.2 to 8.4 shall be calculated using the following formula:
and 8.6 or Sections 9.3 and 9.4. R =K~/A
Where -
2.3.2 Compactstranded aluminum conductors, if
tested as a unit as an alterative to 2.1.2.2 and before R = Conductor resistance in R/1000 ft.
application of any coverings, shall meet the tensile re- K = Weight increment factor, as given in Table 2-2.
quirements of ASTM B 400, Section 8.2 or Section 9. p = Volume resistivity in Q cmiVft., determined in
2
accordance with ASTM B 193 using round wires.

2 4 CONDUCTOR SIZE UNITS A = Cross-sectional area of conductor inkcmil,
Conductor size shall be expressedby cross-sectional determined in accordance with 6.3.2.1 or 6.3.2.2
area in thousand circular mils (kcmil). for solid, concentric-lay, rope-lay, and bunch-
The AWG equivalents forsmall sizes shall be foundin stranded conductors or 6.3.2.2for compressed or
Table 2-7. compact-stranded conductors.
When the volume resistivityis expressed in nanoohm
meter (nQ em and area isexpressed in square mil-
2 5 CONDUCTOR DC RESISTANCE PER UNIT
OF LENGTH
2
limeters (mm ) the resistance is expressed in milliobm
The dc resistance per unit lengthof each conductor in per meter (mQ/m).
a production or shippinglength of completed cable shall 2.6 CONDUCTOR DIAMETER
not exceed the value determined from the schedule of
maxinum dc resistances specified in Table 2-3 when The diameter of a conductor having a diameter less
using the appropriate nominal value specifiedin Table than 0,750 inch (19 mm) shall be measured in accord-
ance with 6.3.3.1.The diameter of a conductor having a

WC 7-1992 ICEA S-66-524
Page 4
diameter 0.750 inch (19 mm) or larger shall be measured reduce the non-compressedoutside diameter, the com-
in accordance with 63.3.1 or 6.33.2. The diametershall pression shall not exceed3 percent.
not differ fromthe nominal values shown in Table 2-7 by
more than 2 5 percent. 27 STRESS CONTROL LAYER
Conductors to be insulated for a rated circuit voltage
2.6.1 The 5 percent diameter tolerance for solid and above 2OOO volts shallbe covered witha separate stress
stranded conductors is provided to enable a designer of controlling material compatible with the conductor and
connectors to determine the range of conductor sizes the insulation. The material shall have allowable
operat-
that will fit a particular connector; however, aconductor ing temperatures at least equal to those given for the
meeting the minimum diameter requirement does not insulation.
necessarily meetthe requirement for maximum dc resis-
tance given in 2.5. 2.7.1 The stress control layershall be a polymeric
covering consisting of a conducting tape, extruded
2.6.2 If one or more layers of any concentric lay- material or extruded material over conducting tape.
stranded Class B,C, or D conductor is compressed to The layer shall have a minimum thickness of 2.5 mils
(0.06mm).
Table 2-2
Weight Increment Factors*, K
Solid Conductors 1
Concentric-lq Strand, Class B,C, and D
up to 2000 kcmil 1.02
- ..,
1.03
4OOO-5OOO kcmil 1.05

Classes G and H
Rope-lay Strand Having Concentric Stranded Members,
49 wires 1.03
133 wires 1.04
259 wires 1.045
427 wires 1.05
More than 427 wires 1.06
Burlclwd Strand, single bunches
All sizes 1.02
Rope-lay Strand Having Bunch-stranded Members,Classes I, K and M
7 bunch stranded members 1.o4
37 1.05
61 1.05
7 x 7 bunch stranded members 1.06
19x7 1.07
37x7 1.07
61x7 1.07
'Bascd on the methcd specified in either AST" B 8, ASIM B 496, ASIM B400,A S M B 231, A S I M B 172, ASIM B 173, or A S I N B 174 as
applicable.

~ .. ~
W C 7-88 6470247 0 0 0 7 0 6 . 7 ~ ~
WC 7-1988
ICEA S-66-524 Page 5
O 2.7.1.1 Extrudable material, priorto application tothe

conductor, when tested according to 6.4.15 shall meet
2.7.1.1.1 The resistivity of an extruded conducting
material when measured according to 6.12 shall not
the following requirements: exceed loo0 ohm-meter at room temperature
and at the
Elongation after air oven test at 12loC+1"C maximum normal operating temperatureof the cable.
for 168hours, minimumpercent 100
Brittleness temperature not warmer than "C-10
Table 2-3
Schedule for Establishing MaximumDC Resistance Per Unit Lengthof Completed Cable
I
NomPortable Cables
Type Cable Maximum Dc Resistance
d
Single Conductor Cable and Flat Parallel Cable Table
2-4a
Value Plus 2%
(R max = Rx1.02)
Multiple Conductor Cables and Table 2-4a Value
Plus 2% Plus One of the Following:
%sted Assemblies of Single Conductor Cables
2% -One Layer of Conductors
(R rnax = R x 1.02x 1.02)
3%-More than One Layer ofConductors
(R max = R x l . 0 2 ~1.03)
4%-Ppairs or other PrecabledUnits
(Rmax = R x 1 . 0 2 ~1.04)
Portable Cablesand Flexible Cords
Cable Type Maximum DC Resistance
d
Single Conductor Cable and Flat Parallel Cable
(R max = RX 1.02)
_____
Multiple Conductor Cables and Thble 2-5a or 2-6aValue

Plus 2%bPlus 5%
%ted Assemblies of Single Conductor Cables (R rnax = Rx1.02x1.05)
aForconductor strandingsor sizes not listed in Tables 2 4 through 2-6,the nominal dcresistanceper unit lengthof a completed single conductor
cable shall be calculated from the factors given inTable 2-8 using the following formula:
R =10-~v~
Where-
t
R = Conductor resistance in 52/1OOO ft
F = Factor from Table 2-8
A = Cross-sectional area of conductor in kcmil
See 25.2 for cross-sectionalarea determination
bFor 20AWG and 18 AWG Class K conductors specified inTable 2-6 this value shall
be 3 percent.

WC 7-1988
Page 6 ICEA S-66624
Table 2-4
Nominal DC Resistance in Ohms Per 1000 Feett at 25% (77°F)
of Solid and Concentric Lay-Stranded Conductor
Concentric Lay-Siranded’
Aluminum Copper
AWG or Uncoated Coated
k c d Uncoated Coated Class B,C,D
Class B,C,D Class B Class c Class D
22
20
27.1
16.9
16.5
10.3
17.2
10.7
27.4
17.3
16.7
105
17.9
11.1
... ...
a..
19 135 8.20 852 13.7 8.33 8.83

e..
.I. ...
18
17
10.7
8.45
651
5.15
6.76
5.35
10.9
8.54
6.67
5.21
7.07
5.52
...
... e..
e..
16 6.72 4.10 4.26 6.85 4.18 4.43 e.. e..
15 5.32 3.24 3.37 5.41 3.30 3.43 e.. 1..
14 4.22 2.57 2.67 4.31 2.63 2.73 2.79 2.83

13 3.34 2.04 2.12 3.41 2.08 2.16 2.21 2.22
12 2.66 1.62 1.68 2.72 1.66 1.72 1.75 175
11 2.11 1.29 1.34 2.15 1.31 1.36 1.36 1.39
10 1.67 1.02 1.06 1.70 1.04 1.08 1.08 1.11
9 1.32 0.808 0.831 1.35 0.825 0.856 0.856 0.874
8 1.05 0.640 0.659 1.07 0.652 0.678 0.678 0.680
7 0.833 0.508 0522 0.851 0519 O538 0538 0.538
6 0.661 0.403 0.414 0.675 0.411 0.427 0.427 0.427
5 O524 0.319 0.329 0534 0.325 0.338 0.339 0.339
4 0.415 0.253 0.261 0.424 0.258 0.269 0.269 0.269
3 0.329 0.201 0.207 0.336 0.205 0.213 0.213 0.213
2 0.261 0.159 0.164 0.266 0.162 0.169 . 0.169 0.169
1 0.207 0.126 0.130 0.211 0.129 0.134 0.134 0.134
110 0.164 0.100 0.102 0.168 0.102 0.106 0.106 0.106
2/0 0.130 0.0794 0.0813 . 0.133 0.0810 0.0842 0.0842 0.0842
3P 0.103 0.0630 0.0645 0.105 0.0642 0.0667 0,0669 0.0669
4/0 0.0819 0.0500 0.0511 0.0836 0.0510 0.0524 0.0530 0.0530
250
300
0.0694
0.0578
... ...
... 0.0707
0.0590
0.0431
0.0360
0.0448 0.0448 0.0448
S.. 0.0374 0.0374 0.0374
350 0.0495 ... ... 0.0505 0.0308 0.0320 0.0320 0.0320
400
450
0.0433
0.0385
...
... ...
... 0.0442
0.0393
0.0269
0.0240
0.0277
0.0246
0.0280 0.0280
0.0249 0.0249
500
550
0.0347 ...
...
... 0.0354
0.0321
0.0216
0.0196
0.0222
0.0204
0.0224
0.0204
0.0224
0.0204
600 ...
e..
... S..
S.. 0.0295 0.0180 0.0187 0.0187 0.0187

650
700
...
... ...
... ...
...
0.0272
0.0253
0.0166
0.0154
0.0171
0.0159
0.0172
0.0160
0.0173
0.0160
750 ... S.. e.. 0.0236 0.0144 0.0148 0.0149 0.0150
800
900
...
... .*.
... ...
... 0.0221
0.0196
0.0135
0.0120
0.0139
0.0123
0.0140
0.0126
0.0140
0.0126
loo0 ... ... ... 0.0177 0.0108 0.0111 0,0111 0.0112
1100
1200
...
... ...
S.. ...
...
0.0161
0.0147
0.00981
0.00899
0.0101
0.00925
0.0102
0.00934
0.0102
0.00934
1250 a.. *.. 6.. 0.0141 0.00863 0.00888 0.00897 0.008W
1300
1400
... ...
... ...
... 0.0136
0.0126
0.00830
o.oon1
0.00854
0.00793
0.00861
0.00793
0.00862
o.oO801
1500 ...
e..
a.. ... 0,0118 0.00719 0.00740 0.00740 0.00747

1600
1700
...
...
a.. ...
...
0.0111
0.0104
0.00674 0.00694 0.00700 0.00700
0.00634 0.00653 0.00659 0,00659
1750 ...
S..
9.. ... 0.0101 0.00616 0.00634 0.00640 O.Oo640

1800
1900
...
...
...
...
...
...
0.00982
0.00931
0,00599
0.00568
0.00616 0.00616 0.00622
0.00584 0,00584 0.00589
2000 S.. .. 1 ... 0.00885 0.00539 0.00555 0.00555 0.00560
2500
3OOo
...
... ...
a..
...
.a. 0.00715
0.00596
0.00436
0.00363
0.00448
0.00374
**.
...
...
3500 ... ... ... 0.00515 0.00314 0.00323 ... *..
m..
4Ooo ... ... ... 0.00451 0.00275 0.00283

4500 ... ...
...
...
...
0.00405
0.00229 0.00222 0.00364
0.00254
0.00247 ...
a..
..a
...
e..
e..
*Concentric lay-stranded includes compressed and compact conductors.

tResistancevalues inmilliohms per meter shall be obtained by multiplying the abovevalues by 3.28.

~
WC 7 - 8 8 ~~
6 4 7 0 2 4 7 0007067 5
WC 7-1988
Table 2-5
Nominal DC Resistance in Ohms Per 1000 Feet* At 25OC (7PF) For Flexible Aluminum Conductors
Conductor Size
AWGClass
or kcmil G Class H Class I
8 ... ... 1.07
7 0.858 ... 0.850
6 0.681 ... 0.687
5 0.540 ... 0.545
4 0.428 a.. 0.432
3 0.340 a.. 0.343
2 0.269 0.272 0.272
1 0.216 ... 0.216
V0 0.171 0.172 O. 172
U0 0.136 0.136 0.137
310 0.107 0.108 0.109
410 0.0852 0.0857 0.0861
250 0.0725 0.0728 0.0735
300 0.0604 0.0607 0.0613
350 0.0518 0.0520 0.0525
400 0.0453 0.0455 0.0460
450 0.0403 0.0405 0.0409
500 0.0363 0.0364 0.0368
550 0.0331 0.0334 0.0334
600 0.0304 0.0306 0.0306
650 0,0280 0.0283 0.0286
700 0.0260 0.0263 0.0265
750 0.0243 0.0245 0.0247
800 0.0228 0.0230 0.0232
900 0.0202 0.0204 0.0206
lo00 0.0182 0.0184 0.0186
1100 0.0166 0.0167 0.0169
1200 0.0152 O.Ol53 0.0155
1250 0.0146 0.0147 0.0148
1300 0.0140 0.0141 0.0143
1400 0.0130 0.0131 0.0133
1500 0.0121 0.0123 0.0124
1600 0.0115 0.0115 0.0116
1700 0.0108 0.0108 0.0109
1750 0.0105 0.0105 0.0106
1800 0.0102 0.0102 0.0103
1900 0.00968 0.00968 0.00977
m 0.00919 0.00919 0.00928
*Resistancevalues in miltiohms per meter shall be obtainedby multiplyingthe above valuesby 3.28.

~ ~
WC 7-BA .B 64702470007070 L r
WC 7-1988
Page 8 ICEA S-66-524
Table 2-6
Nominal DC Resistance inOhms Per 1000 Feet* At 25°C (77OF)
For Flexible Annealed Copper Conductors
Conductor S h Uncoated Coated
AWGorkcmil ClassG
ClassH
Class1
ClassK
ClassM ClassG CIassH Class1
ClassK
ClassM
20
18
...
... ... ...
..
10.6
6.66
10.6
6.66
...
...
... ...
... 11.4
7.15
11.4
7.15
16 ... ...
S..
...
t
4.18 4.18 ...

S..
S.. ... 4.49 4.49

14
12
2.65
1.67
... ..a 2.62
1.65
2.62
1.68
2.81
1.77
e..
..*
e.. 2.82
1.77
2.82
1.81
10 1.05 ...
e.. S..
1.04 1.04 1.06 1.11

e..
a.. 1.08 1.12 1.14

9 0.832 0.824 0.840 0.840 0.884 0.857 0.902 0.902
8 0.660 0.666 0.653 0.666 0.666 0.701 O.ìÖ8 0.679 0.715 0.715
7 0.523 0528 0.518 O528 0.533 0.544 0561 0.539 0.567 0.573
6 0.415 0.419 0.419 0.419 0.423 0.432 0.445 0.436 0.450 0.454
5 0.329 0.332 0.332 0.332 0,336 0.342 0.353 0.346 0.357 0.360
4 0.261 0.263 0.263 0.263 0.266 0.271 0.280 0.274 0.283 0.286
3 0.207 0.209 0.209 0.211 0.213 0.215 0,222 0.217 0.227 0.227
2 0.164 0.166 0.166 0.167 0.169 0.171 0.172 0.172 0.180 0.181
1 0.131 0.132 0.131 0.133 0.134 0.137 0.140 0.137 0.142 0.144
1/0 0.104 0.105 0.105 0.105 0.106 0.108 0.109 0.109 0.113 0.114
210 0.0826 0.0830 0.0834 0.0842 0.0850 0.0859 0.0863 0.0868 0.0904 0.0913
310 0.0655 0.0659 0.0662 0.0668 0.0674 0.0682 0.0685 0.0688 0.0717 0.0724
410 0.0520 0.0522 0.0525 0.0530 0.0535 0,0541 0.0543 0.0546 0.0569 0.0574
250 0.0442 0.0444 0.0448 0.0448 0.0453 0.0460 0.0462 0.0466 0.0481 0.0486
300 0,0368 0.0370 0.0374 0.0374 0.0377 0.0383 0.0385 0.0389 0.0401 0.0405
350 0.0316 0.0317 0.0320 0.0323 0.0323 0.0328 0.0330 0.0333 0.0347 0.0347
400 0.0276 0.0278 0.0280 0.0283 0.0283 0.0287 0.0289 0.0291 0.0304 0.0304
450 0.0246 0.0247 0.0249 0.0251 0.0251 0.0255 0.0257 0.0259 0.0270 0.0262
500 0.0221 0.0222 0.0224 0.0226 0.0226 0.0230 0.0231 0.0233 0.0243 0.0243
550 0.0202 0.0204 0.0204 0.0206 0.0206 0.0210 0.0212 0.0212 0.0221 0.0221
600 0.0185 0.0187 0.0187 0.0189 0.0189 0.0192 0.0194 0.0194 0.0203 0.0202
650 0.0171 0.0172 0.0174 0.0174 0.0174 0.0178 0.0179 0.0181 0.0187 0.0187
700 0.0159 0,0168 0.0162 0.0162 0.0162 0.0165 0.0167 0.0168 0.0174 0.0174
750 0.0148 0.0149 0.0151 0.0151 0.0151 0.0154 0.0155 0.0157 0.0162 0.0162
800 0.0139 0.0140 0.0141 0.0141 0.0141 0.0144 0.0146 0.0147 0.0152 0.0152
900 0.0123 0.0125 0.0126 0.0126 0.0126 0.0128 0.0130 0.0131 0.0135 0.0135
loo0 0.0111 0.0112 0.0113 0.0113 0.0113 0.0115 0.0117 0.0118 0.0122 0.0121
1100 0.0101 0.0102 0.0103 ... ... 0.0105 0.0106 0.0107 ..a ...
1200
1250
0.00925
0.00888
0.00934
0.00897
0.00943
0.0905
...
...
...
...
0.00962
0.00924
0.00971
0.00933
0.00981
0.00941
...
... e..
... ... ..*

I . .
1300 0.00854 0.00862 0.00870 ... 0.00888 0.00897 0.00905

1400
1500
0.00793
0.00740
0.00801
0.00747
0.00808
0.00754
...
..
...
...
0.00825
0.00770
0.00833
0.00777
0,00841
0.00785 ...
a.. ...
...
1600 0.00701 0.00701 0.00707 ...
t
... 0.00729 0.00729 0.00735 ... ...

1700 0.00659 0.00659 0.00666 ... 0.00686 0.00686 0,00692 ...
1750 0.00641 0.00641 0.00647 ...
S..
... 0.00666 0.00666 0.00672 ... ...

e..
1800 0.00623 0.00623 0.00629 ... ... 0.00648 0.00648 0.00654 ... ...
1900 0.00590
0.00561
0.00590 0.00596
0.00566
...
...
1..
...
0.00614
0.00583
0.00614
0.00583
0.00619
0.00588
.*.
...
S..
...
*Resistancevalues in milliohms
per metershall be obtainedby multiplying the above valuesby 3.28.

STD.NEMA WC 7-ENGL 3988 6470247 0533768 6 3 2 m
ICEA S-66-524 WC 7-1992
Page 9
Table 2-7
Nominal Diameters for Copperand Aluminum Conductors
Nominal Diameters.
Conccnlric Lay-Stranded
Conductor Sim Solid Compressed
Compact Class B Class c class D
~~ ~
AWG
Inch Inch
kcmil Inch Inch Inch Inch
22 0.812 0.0253 ... ... f . . ... ...
20 1.02 0.0320 ... ... ... ... ...
19 1.29 0.0359 ... ... ... ... ...
18 1.62 0.0403 ... ... ... ... ...
17 2.05 0.0453 ... ... ... ... ...
16 2.58 0.0508 ... ... ... ... ...
15
-~ 3.26 0.0571 ... 0.0629 0.0648
14 4.11 0.0641 ... 0.0704 0.0727 O.Öj35 o.ö;35
13 5.18 0.0720 ... 0.0792 0.0816 0.083 0.0826
12 653 0.0808 ... 0.0888 0.0915 0.0925 0.0931
11 8.23 0.0907 ... 0.0998 0.103 0.104 0.104
10 10.38 0.1019 ... 0.112 0.116 0.117 0.117
9 13.09 0.1 144 0.126 0.130 0.131 0.132
8 16.51 0.1285 o.ï& 0.141 0.146 0.148 0.148
20.82 7 0.1443 ... 0.158 0.164 0.166 0.166
6 26.24 0.1620 0.169 0.178 0.18.1 0.186 0.186
5 33.09 0.1819 0.200 0.206 0.208 0.209
41.74 4 0.2043 053 0.225 0.232 0.234 0.235
3 52.62 0.2294 0.238 0.252 0.260 0.263 0.264
2 66.36 0.2576 0.268 0.283 0.292 0.296 0.297
1 83.69 0.2893 0.299 0.322 0.332 0.333 0.333
110 105.6 0.3249 0.336 0.361 0.372 0.374 0.374
U0 133.1 0.3648 0.376 0.406 0.418 0.420 0.420
M 167.8 0.4096 0.423 0.456 0.470 0.471 0.472
410 211.6 0.4600 0.475 0512 0528 0.529 0530
250 05000 0520 0558 0575 0576 0576
300 osn 0570 0.611 0.630 0.631 0.631
350 05916 0.616 0.661 0.681 0.681 0.682
400 0.6325 0.659 0.706 0.728 0.729 0.729
450 0.6708 0.700 0.749 0.772 0.773 0.773
500 0.7071 0.736 0.789 0.813 0.814 0.815
550 ... 0.775 0.829 0.855 0.855 0.855
600 ... 0.813 0.866 0.893 0.893 0.893
650 ... 0.845 0.901 0.929 0.930 0.930
700 ... 0.877 0.935 0.964 0.965 0.965
750 ... 0.908 0.968 0.998 0.999 0.998
800 *.. 0.938 Loo0 1.o30 1.032 1.032
900 ... 0.999 1.061 1.o94 1.093 1.095
lo00 ... 1.060 1.117 1.152 1.153 1.153
1100 ... ... 1.173 1.209 1.210 1.211
1200 ... ... 1.225 1.263 1.264 1.264
1250 ... ... 1251 1.289 1.290 1.290
1300 ... ... 1.275 1.314 1.316 1.316
1400 ... ... 1.323 1.365 1.365 1.365
1500 ... ... 1.370 1.412 1.413 1.413
1600 ... ... 1.415 1.459 1.460 1.460
1700 ... ... 1.459 1.504 1504 1504
1750 ... ... 1.480 1526 1527 1527
1800 ... ... 1502 1.548 1.548 1549
1900 ... ... 1542 1590 1590 1.591
~ ~
2000 ... ... 1583 1.632 1.632
*Diametersin millimetersshall be obtained by multiplying the above values in inches by 25.4.

WC 7-1992
Table 2-8'
Factors' for Determining Nominal Resistanceof Stranded Conductors Per1000 Feet
Diameter of Individual Coated Copper Wires in Inches
for
Stranded Conductors
- Under Under Under Under
0,460 to 0.290 to 0.103 to 0.0201 to 0.0111 to
AI1 Sizes. Uncoated 0.290, 0.103, 0.0201, 0.0111, 0.0010,
Aluminum Copper Inclusive Inclusive Inclusive Inclusive Indusive
I Percent
Conductivity, 61 100 97.66 97.16 96.16 94.16 93.15
25OC25OC 25'C 25°C25°C 25°C 25OC
Rope Stranded
49 strands 17865 10892 11153 11210 1l327 11568 ...
133 strands 18038 10998 11261 11319 11437 11681 ...
259 strands 18125 11051 11315 11374 11492 11737 ...
427 strands 18212 11104 11370 1142.8 11547 11793 ...
More than 427 strands 18385 11209 11478 11537 11657 11905 ...
Bunch Stranded
AU sizes 17691 10786 ... ... 11217 11579
Rope-stranded Bunches
7 ropes of bunched strand 18038 10998 ... ... 11437 11681 11806
19,37,or 61 ropes of bunched strand 18212 11104 ... ... 11547 11793 11920
7 X 7 ropes of bunched strand 18385 llrn ... ... 11657 11905 12033
19.37, or 61 X 7 ropes of bunched strand 18559 11315 ". ... 11767 12018 12147
Concerttric Stranded
Up to 2ooo kcmil 17692 10786 11045 11102 11217 11456 11580
> 2"3CNM kcmil 17865 10892 11153 11211 11327 11568 11694
> 30004MO kcmil 18309 10998 11261 11319 11437 11680 11807
>4000-5000 kcmil 18212 11104 11369 11428 1W7 11792 11921
'The factors givcn in Table 2-8 shall be based on the following:
k Resistivity
1. A volume resistivity of 10575 Q * CmiUft. (100 pcrccnt conductivity) at 25°C for uncoated (bare) capper.
2. A 25°C volume mistivity converted from the 20°C values specified in B 33 or A m B 189 for coated copper.
3. A volume resistivity of 17.345 R CmiWft. (61.0 percent conductivity)at 25°C for aluminum.
B. Increase in Resistance Due to Stranding
1. The value of K (weight increment factor) givcn in Table 2-2.
t See Table 2-3 for Use of Facton.

STD.NEMA WC 7-ENGL 1988 = 6470247 0513801 794
ICEA S66-524 WC 7-1988
Revision-1
Page 11
Section 3
INSULATlON
MATERIAL
3.1 3.2.2 Delta Systems Where 0- Leg M a y Be
The insulation shall be a filled or unfdled cross-linked- Grounded forPeriods over 1 Hwr.
thermosetting polyethylene meeting the dimensional, elec- See 173 percent level in foomote *followingTable 3-1B.
trical and physical requirements specifiedin Section 3. A 3.2.3 Singk and -Phase Systems with 100
filed cross-linked-polyethylene insulation is one which and 133 Percent Insulation Level
conrains 1O percent or more of carbon and/ = mineral
black
filers byweight. An unfilled cross-linked polyethylene For nonshielded cables, multiply the voltage to ground
insulation is one which contains less than 10 p e r c e n t of by 1.73 and use the resulting voltage value to select the
carbon black and/or mineral fillers.Insulation for cables axresponding insulation bickness from Column A cm
rated 2001 V up to and including 5 kV may contain a Column B of Table $IA, as applicabk.
maximum of2-11'2 percent carbon black. Insulation for For shielded cables, multiply tht voltage to ground by
cables =led above 5 kV shall not containcarbon black. 1.73
from
and
the
select
100
the
percent
CMItSpanding
insulation level
insulation thickness
or 133percent insu-
This insulationis suitable for use on power cables in wet
or dry locations at conductor temperaturesnot exceeding lation level Column in Table 3-1B.as applicable.
90°C (194°F) fornormaloperation,130°C (266°F)for 3.2.4Direct Current Systems
emergencyoverloadconditions (see Appendix E), and Up to and including 2OOO volts, consider the Same as
250°C (482°F) for short circuit conditions. three-phase ac systems in accordance with3.2.1. Ova
The insulation on the conductor shall be free from any 2000 volts, consult themanufacam.
contaminants or porosity visibleto the eye with not more 3.3INSULATIONTHICKNESS FOR
than five times magnification. Thereshall be no water in SUBMARINE POWER CABLE
the stranded conductor of the finished cable.
The insulation thicknessshall be as given in Table 3-1A
3.2INSULATIONTHICKNESS and Table 3-1B exceptthe average thickness shall not be
The insulation thicknesses given in Table 3-1AandTable less than 60 mils for cables withouta jacket 01 sheath far
3- 1B are based on the rated circuit voltage,phase-tuphase, voltage classificationsup to and including 2 kV,
and on the cable insulation level. 3.4 REPAIRS
The thicknesses of insulation given in Table 3-1A and
Table 3-1B shall apply to single-conductor cables andto Repairs or joints in the insulation shall conformto the
the individual conductors of multiple-conductor cables, limitations on insulationthicknessgiven in 32. Each
except nonsheathed submarine cables and portable power length of insulated conductor containingrepairs or pints
cables. For nonsheathed submarine cables, see 3.3. For shall meet the electrical requirements of 3.6 or 3.7, as
portable power cables, see 7.4. applicable.
The average thicknessof the insulationshall be not less 3.5 INSUIATlON CLASSESAND
than that given in Table 3-1A and Table 3-1B. The mini- REQUIREMENTS
mum thickness shall be not less than 90 percent of the 3.5.1 Classes
values givenin Table 3-1A and Table 3-1B.(See 6.4.3 for
method of measurement.) The classes of insulation shall be as follows:
The thickness of insulation for various systems shall be a. 2ooo volts or less (sec3.6).
determined as follows: b. 2001 volts and above(see3.7).
3.2.1 Three-Phase Systems with 1W or 133 3.52 Voltags Tests
Percent Insulation Level Compktedcableshallbetestcdinaccardanccwiththe
Use the thickness values given in the respective columns paragraphs mfid in W k 32. The cable shall with-
of Table 3- 1A or Table 3- 1B as applicable. srand,without failur~,
tktest v~ltagagimin 'IBblt 3-1A
and Table 3-1Bas -kable.
Thetestvoltagesshallbcbasedontheratedvoltageof
thecableandthesizeoftheconductorandnotonthe
apparent thicknessof the insulation.

WC 7-1988
Revision
Page 12

S T D = N E M A WC 7-ENGL 1788 h470247 0513803 567
ICEA $66-524
WC 7-1988
Revision 2
Page 13
+
D ::t t
WC 7-1988 ICEA S-66-524
Revision2
Page 14
3.5.3 InsulationResistance Constants Ekirical Method
The insulation resistance constants of insulations shall Dielectric constant aftex 1 &y, maximum 6.0
be in accordance with 3.6 or 3.7, as applicable (see 6.15
for test method). Increase in capacitance. maximum. pacent
3.6 INSULATION FOR CABLES RATED O 1-14 &YS 3.0
THROUGH 2000 VOLTS 7-14 &v 1.5
3.6.1Physical and Aging Requirements Stability factor after 14 days, maximum* 1.0
When rested in accordance with Section6, the insulation
shaII meet the following requirements:
Alunliue to stability faCt0r"stabiiity factor"
fexence, 1 UD 14 days, maximum* 0.5
Wysical Requirements ~ancoftbaetworsq~aa&dbc~naboth.
3.7 INSULATION FOR CABLES RATED M o 1
Tensile strength, minimum VOLTS AND ABOVE
psi 1800 3.7.1 Phydcal and Aging Requlreme~~ts
MPa 125 When tested in accordance with Section 6,the insulation
Uongation at rupture, minimum, percent 250 shall meet the following nqur
iements.
Aging Requirements Wysical Requirements
After air oven test at 121'Cf1 'C for 168 Tensile strength, minimum
hours-Tensile strength and elongation at rup
t u e , minimum, percentage of unaged value Psi 1800
75 MPa 12.5
After hot creep test at 1SO"CB"C Unwed Fiud Elongation at rupture,
minimum, percent 250
*Hot creep elongation, maximum, per- Aging Requirements
cent 175 100
After air oven test at 121 'C for 168
*Cf1
*Hot aeep set, maximum,
percent 10 5 hours-msile soength and elongation at rup
*U h i s value IS exceeded. the Solvau Exu~cuonTut may be F r - cure, minimum, percentage of unaged value 75
formed and will serve as I referee method U) duermmc c o m p l ~ a n c c
(nuximumpcrccm a f e r 20 hours drying time-30). After hot creep test at 15O'Cfl'C UnflUed FOkd
3.6.2 Electrical Requirements
+Hacreep elongation, maximum,per-
3.6.2.1 VOLTAGE TESTS CMt 100 175
See 3.5.2. +Hot creep set,maximum. p e m t 10 5
3.6.2.2 INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST *If this V ~ U CI S Uthc S&a* Eanctian T+ m y bc PI-
f~andmllscweurduœmabodtodacrmacomplmce
Each insulatedconductor in the completedcable shall be (mrxlmum pranr &r M bapr dryin8 time"3Q.
tested in accordance with 6.15and shall havean insulation 3.7.2 Ekctrictrl Requimments
resistance not less than that corresponding to a constant of
10,ooO at 15.6'C (WF) . insulationresistance test is
The 3.7.21VOLTAGE TESTS
notrequiredwhenthedcsparkttstorrheacspasktestis See 3.5.2
performed (see35.2). 3.7.2.2 INSULATION RESISTANCETEST
3.6.3AcceleratedWater Absorption Eachinsnlam!d~inrhccompletbdcabkshallbe
Requirements ttstcdinaccordancewith6.15andshallhavtminsuIation
(Sec 6.6.)The insuiation shall meet the following re- resisaurcenotlessthanthatcaqmdingtoacrnstantof
quinments when tested in accordance with the electrical 20
O
,O O at 15.6'C (WF).
(Ehldo) method as specifled in 6.6.2.

S T D - N E M A WC 7-ENGL L788 6470247 0 5 3 3 7 7 4 936
ICEA S-66-524 WC 7-1992
Page 15
3.7.2.3 PARTIAL-DISCHARGE
EXTINCTION
LEVEL 3.7.3.3 ACCELERATED
WATERABSORPTION
REQUIREMENTS
(See ICEA T-24-380.) Each length of completed
I power cable rated for service at 2001 volts and above
with insulation shielding on the individual conductors
The insulation
shall
meet
following
the
requirements when tested in accordance withthe
shall comply with the following table: Accelerated
Water
Absorption Test, E M 4 0 as
specified inIGEA T-27-581MMA WC 53 at the
Rated Circuit Minimum Partial-dischargeExtinction temperature specifiedin the table below:
Voltage, ~ Level, kV
Phase-to-Phase
~~~ ~ . 100 Percent 133 Percent ~~ ~~~~ ~
Volts Insulation Level Insulation Level Electrical Method (60 Hz) at 75 f 1°C
2001-5000 4 5'
5001-8000 6 8
Dielectric constant after 24 hours, maximum 3.5
8001-15000 11 15 Increase in caDacitance, maximum, Dercent
15001-25000 19 26 1 to 14 days 3.0
25001-28000
28001-35000
percent insulation Icvel.

21
26
*Unless otherwiseindicated,thecable
-
...
...
will be rated at the 100
7 to 14 days
Stability factor after 14 days,
maximum*
1.5
1 .o
Alternate to stability factor-stability
3.7.3 Additional Requirements factor difference,
3.7.3.1 U-BENDDISCHARGE 1 to 14 days, maximum* 0.5
* Only one of these two requirements needbe satisfied, not both.
(See 6.11.) Single-conductor nonshielded cables
rated at 2001-5000 volts shall not fail or show any
3.7.3.4 CAPACITY A N D POWER FACTOR
cracks, when tested in accordancewith 6.11.
(See 6.5). The insulation on cables rated at 5001
3.7.3.2 SURFACE
RESIST~VITY voltsand above shallhave a specific inductive
capacity not exceeding 3.5 and a power factor not
(See 6.1 1.) Single-conductor nonshielded cables
exceeding 2.0 percent.
rated at 2001-5000 volts shall have a specific surface
resistivity ofnot less than 200,000 megohms when
3.7.3.5 INSPECTION FOR EVIDENCE
OF WATER
tested in accordance with 6.1 1.
Each length of Completed shielded cable 2001
volts and above shall be inspected for evidence of
water in accordance with 6.19. If evidence of water
is present, the affected cable length shall be dried by
a suitable method.

WC 7-1992 ICEA S-66-524
Page 16
Section 4
SHIELDING AND COVERINGS
SHIELDING (SEE APPENDIX G)
Al SHIELDING OF INSULATEDCABLE of at least 5OOO circular mils per inch (0.1 mm2/mm) of
Shielding of insulated cables shall consist of conduc- insulated conductor diameter, or of other nonmagnetic
tor shielding and insulation shielding. For conductor metals havingequivalent conductance.
shielding, see 2.7. Metal tapes, wires, straps, and sheaths may be usedin
combination providing they are compatible and meet
4.1.1 InsulationShield System the requirements of the preceding paragraph.
The insulation shield system shall consist of a non- Metal components embedded in a conducting non-
metallic covering directly over the insulation and a nonmetallic covering shall notbe exposed nor become ex-
magnetic metal component directly over or embedded posed during normal installation bending (see
in the nonmetallic covering. The nonmetallic covering Appendix H).
shall comply with 4.1.1.1. The metal component shall NOTE-Additional conductance may be required in the metal com-
comply with 4.1.1.2.The insulation shield system shall ponent depending upon installation andelectricalsystemcharac-
teristics,particularlyinregard to thefunctioning of overcumnt
be resistant to or protected against chemicalaction from
protective devices, available fault current, and the manner in which
other cable components. the systemmay be grounded.
4.1-1.1 NONMETALLIC COVERING

A conducting nonmetallic covering that meets the 4.1.2 Multiple-ConductorCables
requirements of Table 4-1 or Table 4-2 shall be applied (See 4.2.) When shieldingis required on multiple-con-
over the insulation in one or more layers in direct conductor cables, the shields shall be applied over the
tact and shall be plainly identifiedas being conducting. individual conductors.
Identification shall be provided for each distinctive
layer. 4.1.3 ConductorIdentification
If one of the layers is a coating, it shall be applied See 55.
directly over the insulation.
The tension necessary to remove an extruded covering 4.2 SHIELDING LIMITS FOR POWER CABLE
from cable at room temperature shall be not lessthan 3 FOR FIXED LOCATIONS
pounds (13.3 N) for cables rated 2001 through 25O , OO 4.2.1 Insulation shielding shallbe used on power
volts and not less than 4 pounds (17.8N)for cables rated
cables for fEed locations when intended for operation
25,001 through 35,000volts (see 6.12.4).
above the three-phase (line-to-line) operating voltages
For removability of insulation shields, see Appendix
given in Table4-3. To obtain the equivalent three-phase
G,G6.1. (This sentence is approved by NEMA as voltage for single-phase or two-phase ac systems or for
Authorized Engineering Information.)
dc systems, multiplythe line-to-line voltage by the fac-
4.1.1.2 METALCOMPONENT tors given in Table 4-3.
A nonmagnetic metal component consisting of a tape 4.2.2' Shieldingshouldbe considered where any ofthe
or tapes, wires, straps, or sheaths shall be applied over following conditions exists:
or embedded in the conducting nonmetallic covering. 1. Connections to aerial lines;
The metal components shall be electrically continuous 2. Transition from conducting to nonconducting en-
throughout each cable length and shall be in contact vironment;
with the nonmetallic covering.Metal components shall 3. Transition from moist to dry earth;
be applied in such a manner that electrical continuity or 4. Dry soil, such as in the desert; or
contiguity will not bedistorted or disrupted during nor- 5. Damp conduits.
mal installationbending (see Appendix H).
T
'h
s
i section is approved by NEMA as Authorized Engineering
Metal tape(s) shall be copper at least 2.5 mils (0.0635 Information.
mm) thick or of other nonmagnetic metal tapes having
equivalent conductance, Wlres, straps, or sheaths shall
be of copper and have a total area at any cross section

-
WC 7-88 I h470247
..
000q07q ar
WC 7-1988
9 Table 4-1
Requirements for Nonmetallic Conducting Coverings Using Nonembedded
Metal Components
Thermoplastic Thermoset
Aging Requirements (see 6.4.15)
After air oven test at 10O0C+1"Cfor 48 hours - elongation at rupture, minimum, percent 10O* ...
After air oven test atl2loC+1"C for 168 hours- elongation at rupture,
minimum, percent ...
~~~~
loo*
~
-BrittlenessTemperature (see 6.4.15), not warmer than -looc* -10°C'

Volume Resistivity, maximum
at room temperature and at ratedtemperature 21°C (see
6.12), ohm-meters 500 500
_ _ ~ __ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~ _ _ _ ~ _ _ _ ~ ~_~
__~
*For extruded coverings only.

Table 4-2
Requirementsfor Extruded Nonmetallic Conducting Coverings Using Embedded
Metal Components
Thickness, Minimum (see 6.4)
Total in accordance with 4.4.4
Between insulation and metal components
mils 5
mm 0.127
psi 1200
MPa 8.27
Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent 100
Aging Requirements (see 6.4) - after air oven test at 121"C+- 1°C
for 168 hours
Tensile strength, mn
im
i um,percentage
valueof unaged 85
Brittleness Temperature
6.4.l5), (see not warmer than -10°C
Volume Resistivity, maximumat room temperature and at rated temperature 21°C (see 6.12), ohm-meters 500

WC 7-1988
Table 4-3
Operating Voltage Limits, kV, above which Insulation ShieldingIs Required
Power Cable-100 and 133 Percent InsulationLevel
1. Single conductor (including assemblies
of single conductors)
With a.
b. AU others 2kV
2. Multiple conductor with common covering
a. 5kV
~~ ~~
b.WithLondischarge-resisting jack2 2kV

~~
c. With metallic sheath or armor 5kV

Multiplying Factorsfor Equivalent Three-phaseVolbges for Single- or Wo-phase AC Systems or for M: Systems
Single-and Wo-phase AC Systems* and M: Single- and Wo-phase AC Systems* Over 5OOO Volts
Sys(ems 5OOO Volts or Less
One Side Grounded
Ungrounded and Midpoint
Grounded
~~~~ ~~ ~~ ~~~ ~~~~ ~
1 1.73 0.866
*Where it is not definitely specifiedthat a line operatesas an isolated single-or two-phase system,it shall be consideredas a branch of a 100
percent insulation level three-phase circuit, and the rating shall be the line-to-line of this
voltage
100 percent insulation level three-phase circuit.
JACKETS
4.3
GENERAL Physical Requirements
Jackets shall be one of the types covered in 4.4 except Rnsile Strength, minimum
that, for cable with an embedded metal component, the
jacket shallbe a nonmetallic conducting covering meet- psi 150
ing the requirements ofTable4-2.For jackets over MPa 1
metallic coverings,see 4.5.
Elongationatrupture,minimum,percent100
4.4THERMOPLASTICJACKETS Aging Requirements
These jackets consist of a moisture-resisting ther-
moplastic compound for use as the coveringonor jacket After air oven test atlOO"C& 1°Cfor 5 days
insulatedwiresorcables.Theyshallmeet the ap- Tensile strength, minimum, percentage of
plicable requirementsof 4.4.1 through 4.4.7. The tests
value unaged 85
shall be made only on jackets having a nominal wall
thickness of 30 mils (0.76 mm)or greater. Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent-
age
value
of unaged 6 0 .
4.4.1PolyvinylChloride After oil immersion test70"C-C

at 1°Cfor 4 hours 3
This jacket shall consist of a polyvinyl chloride com- Tensile strength, minimum,percentage of
pound suitable for a minimum installing
value temperature
of unaged 80
-10°C (14°F). When tested in accordance with 6.4 and
6.10, the jacket shall meet the following requirements Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent-
and, when applicable,the requirements given in 4.4.6. age of
value
unaged . 60
Heat distortion, 12loC+-1"C,
maximum
percent 50
121"Ckl"C
shock,
Heat No Cracks
-35"Ck
1°C
bend,
Cold No Cracks

S T D O N E M A WC 7-ENGL L988 m b 4 7 0 2 4 7 0533776 7 0 9
ICEA S-66-524 WC 7-1992
Page 19
4.4.2 Polyethylene, Black Type III Polyethylene (HDPE), Black

Thls jacket shall consistof a blackpolyethylene Physical Requirements
compoundsuitable for exposure to sunlightand other Tensile Strength, minimum
atmosphericenvironments at temperame between-55°C
(-67°F) through 75°C (+1679;) and a minimum installing MPa 17.2
temperature of 40°C(40T). When tested in accordance Elongation at rupture, minimum 350
with 6.4 [except that the gauge marks shall be 1 inch (25.4 percent
mm) apart and the distance between jaws 2.5 inches (635 Base Resin Density (Duc, @cm3) 0.941-0.965**
mm)] and6.10, ~thejacket shall meetthefollowing Aping Requirements
requirements and, when applicable, the requirements given After air oven test 100°C
at f 1°C, for 75
in 4.4.6: 48 hours, tensile strength and
elongation at rupture, minimum,
Type I Polyethylene (LDPWLLDPE), Black percentage of unaged value
Physical Requirements Heat Distortion, llO°C i 1°C. 30
maximum, percent of original thickness
Tensile Strength. minimum
Environmental cracking* No cracks
psi 1700
(ASTM D 1693)
MPa 11.7
Absorption coefficient, minimum milli 320**
Elongation at rupture, minimum 350
(absorbancdmeter)
percent
Base Resin Density (D23c, @cm3) 0.910-0.925** * Use condition A for Type I and use condition B for Types Il and
Ill, with a full strength solution of Igepal CO-630 or equivalent
Aging Requirements as defined in ASTM D1693
After air oven test at 100°C i l0C, for
75 ** In lieu of testing finished cable jackets, a certification by
48 hours, tensile strength and the manufacturer of the polyethylene compound that this
elongation' at rupture, minimum, requimment has been compiledwith shall suffice.
percentage of unaeed value
Heat Distortion, 100°C * 1"C, 30 4.4.3 ChlorinatedPolyethylene,Thermoplastic
maximum,
percent of original thickness llu jacket shall consist of a thermoplastic chlorinated
Environmental cracking* No cracks polyethylene compound. When tested in accordancewith
(AS" D1693) 6.4
and
6.10,
the jacket shall meet the following
Absorption coefficient, minimum milli 320** requirements and, when applicable,therequirementin
(absorbancdmeter) 4.4.6.
Type II Polyethylene (MDPE), Black
Physical Requirements
Physical Requirements Tensile Strength, minimum
Tensile Strength. minimum psi 1400
psi 2300 MPa 9.65
I MPa 15.9 Tensile stress at 100 percent elongation, minimum
Elon.zation at rupture, minimum percent 350 psi IO00
[ Base Resin Density (Duc, g/cm3) 0.926-0.940** MPa 6.89
Aging Requirements Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent 150
After air oven test at lW0C i l0C, for 75 Aging Requirements
48 hours, tensile strength and elongation After air oventest at 121"C+loCfor 168 hours
at rupture, minimum, percentage of Tensilestrength, minimum, percentage
unaped value of unaged value 85
Heat Distortion, llO°C i 1°C. 30 Elongation
at rupture, minimum,
maximum. percent of orieinal thickness percentqe of unaped value 50
Environmental cracking* (ASTM No cracks After oil immersion test at 100°C~l"Cfor 18 hours
D 1693) Tensile strength andelon&on at rupture,
Absorption coefficient, minimum milli 320** minimum percentageof unaged value 50
(absorbancdmeter) Heat distortion, 12l0C~1"C,maximum,
percent 25
Cold bend. -35"C*I"C No cracks

STD.NEMA WC 7-ENGL 1766 m 6970297 0513777 645
ICEA S-66-524 WC 7-1992
Page 19A
4.4.4 Jacket Thickness

The average thicknesses of jackets shall be notless
than the applicable values given in Tables 4-4, 4-5, 4-
6, or 4-7. For the jacket thicknesses of cables not
shown in these tables, see Table 4-8.The minimum
thicknessshall be not lessthan 80 percent of the
values given in these tables. (See 6.4.3 for method of
measurement.) .
4.4.5 Separator Under Jacket
If used, a separator shall consist of a material that
is compatible with the othercomponents of the cable.
4.4.6 Discharge Resisting Jackets
(See Table 4-1.) For single-conductor non-shielded
cables rated 2001-5000 volts phase-to-phase,
the
overall jacket shallmettherequirements of 4.4.1,
4.4.2,or 4.4.3 and, in addition, shall have a specific
surface resistivity of not less than 200,000 megohms
(see 6.1 1.1 and 6.11.2).
4.4.7 Irregularity Inspection
Jackets shall not have irregularities as determined
I by the procedure given in ICEA T-27-581. The

methods used:
Method B Method C
Chlorinated Polyethylene Polyvinyl Chloride (4.4.1)
Thermoplastic (4.4.3)

WC 7-1992 ICEA 5-66-524
Page 20
Table 4-4 The requirements of DivisionI as pertaining to quality

Jacket Thicknessfor Single-Conductor Non- of materials, design,and construction apply also to
shielded Cable-2000 VORS or Less (For All Division II and III, except as to particular details ex-
Uses: Conduit, Trays, Troughs, Underground pressly set forth in the followingsections or as otherwke
Duct, Aerial, and Direct Burialt) modified.
Size,AWC or kcmil 2000 Volk or IÆSS
4.5.2
General
miLs mm
4.5.2.1
UNUSUAL CONDmONS
14 15 0.38
12 15 0.38 The standards given in this section applyunder usual
15 10 0.38 installation, operating, and service conditions. Where
unusualinstallation, operating, or service conditions
9 15 0.38 exist, modificationsmay be necessary, and these condi-
8 15 0.38 tions should be defined before cable designis com-
6 30 0.76 pleted.
4 30 0.76
2 30 0.76 4.5.2.2TYPES OF METALLIC COVERINGS
1.14 1 45 The types andconditions of installationare as follows:
1. Metallic sheath, lead, or aluminum.
45 110 a. Conduit, ducts, troughs, or raceways.
1.14 U0 45 b. Suspended from aerial messenger.
1.14 3/0 45 c. When protected by metal armor or non-
45 410 metallic coverings forother types of installa-
1.65 250 65 tion.
1.65 300 65 2. Flat metal tape armor.
65 350 a. Direct burial in trenches.
b. Suspended from aerial messenger.
1.65 400 65
65 450 Plain- or galvanized-steel tape armor, depending
upon soil and water conditions, with an outer fibrous
1.65 500 65
covering is for use on cables for direct burial and for
1.65600 65 shaft installations where the cable can be clamped at
1.65 750 65 intervals.
65 lo00 Galvanized-steel tape armor without an outer fibrous
covering is for use on cables to be suspended from an
tSingleconductor cables in sizes 9 AWG and smaller shall not be
uscd for direct earth burial. aerial messenger strand.
3. Interlocked metal tape armor.*
4.5METALLIC AND ASSOCIATEDCOVERINGS a. Direct burial in trenches.
b. Troughs.
4.5.1 scope c. Racks.
This section covers the following: Raceways.
d.
Division I - (See 4.5.3 through 4.5.16.)Materials, con- e. Suspended from aerial messenger.
structions, and requirements for metallic and associated 'Interlocked steel tape armor used for service entrance cable or for
coverings recommended for use under normal condi- building cable such as Types AC, ACT, ACL, and ACV is not within
tions of installation, operation, and maintenance of the scope of these standards.
power, control, and lighting circuit wiresand cables. It Interlocked-metal tape armor without an outer cover-
also coverssubmarine cables. ing but with either a fibrous bedding or thermoplastic
Division II - (See 45.17 through 4.5.23.) Round wire jacket under the armor is for cables for indoor use and
armor for borehole, dredge, shaft, and vertical riser for outdoor aerial service.
cable. Interlocked-metal tape armor with either a fibrous
Division III - (See 4.5.24 through 4.5.26.)Round wire bedding or a thermoplasticjacket under the armor and
armor for buried cable. either a fibrous coveringor a thermoplastic jacket over
the armor is for underground installations.

WC 7 - 8 8
- .~ . .~
~ -
6470247 """- TT
WC 7-1988
O Table 4-5
Jacket Thicknesses for Single-Conductor Metallic Shielded Cables
(For All Uses: Conduit, Trays, Troughs, Underground Duct, Aerial, and Direct Burial)
2001-5Ooo Volk 5001-8oooVolk 8001-L5oO0 Volk
Size,or
AwG LOO and 133Percent LOO133
Percent Percent LOO Percent 133 Percent
kcmil InsulationLevel Insulation Level Insulation Level Insulation Level Insulation Level
mils mm mils mm mils mm mils mm mils mm
8 45 1.14 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
6 60 1.52 60 1.52 60 1.52 ... ... ... ...
4 60 1.52 60 1.52 60 1.52 ... ... ... ...
C
2 60 1.52 1.52
60 1.52 60 80 2.03 ... ...
1 60 1.52 60 1.52 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
110 60 1.52 60 1.52 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
210 60 1.52 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
310 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
410 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
250 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
300 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
350 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
400 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
450 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
500 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
600 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
750 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 110 2.79
lo00 80 2.03 80 2.03 110 2.79 110 2.79 110 2.79
15001-25000 Volk 25001-BOO0 Volk 28001-35000 Volk

Size,
AwG or 100 Percent Insulation Level 133 Percent Insulation Level LOO Percent Insulation Level LOO Percent Insulalion Level
kcmil mils mm mils mm mils mm mils mm
8 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

6 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
4 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
2 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
1 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 ... ...
110 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
U0 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
310 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
410 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
250 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
300 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
350 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03 80 2.03
400 80 2.03 110 2.79 80 2.03 110 2.79
450 80 2.03 110 . 2.79 80 2.03 110 2.79
500 80 2.03 110 2.79 80 2.03 110 2.79
600 110 2.79 110 2.79 110 2.79 110 2.79
750 110 2.79 110 2.79 110 2.79 110 2.79
lo00 110 2.79 110 2.79 110 2.79 110 2.79
~ ~~ ~~ ~ ~
For all other sizes and voltages not tabulated above see Table 4-8, Column (2).

-
W C 7-88
WC 7-1988
Page 22 K E A S-66-524
Table 4-6
Individual Conductorsof Multiple-Conductor
Table 4-7
Common Overall Jacketof Multiple-Conductor
O
Cables Undera Common Covering Cables (For All Voltages andAll Uses)
Calculated Diameter of Individual Calculated Diameter of Cable Under Jacket Jacket Thickness
Conductor Under Jacket Jacket Thickness
inches mm mils mm
Jnches mm mils* mm
0.425 or less 10.80 or less1.14 45
0.250 or less 6.35 or less 15 0.38
0.426-0.700 10.82-17.78 60 1.52
0.251-0.425 6.38-10.80 25 0.64
0.701-1.500 17.81-38.10 80 2.03
0.426-0.700 10.82-17.78 30 0.76
1.501-2.500 38.13-63.50 2.79110
0.701-1.500 17.81-38.10 50 1.27 x
2.501 and
larger 63.53 and larger
140 3.56
1.501-2.500 38.13-63.50 80 2.03
NOTE 1-Table 4-7 applies to all round multiple-conductorcables
r
*These thicknesses applyto jackets only and do not apply to colored having a common overall jacket.
coatings on the individualconductors of multiple-conductor cables.
NOTE2-For flat twin cable, usethe calculated major core diameter
under the jacket to determine the jacket thickness.
Table 4-8
Single- and Multiple-Conductor Wires and Cables
(All Uses Except Communication and Portable Cables*)
Jacket Thickness
Single-conductorCabks Multiplesonductor Cables*
Calculated Diameter of Cable Under Jacket (1) (2) (3) Individual (4)
Nonshielded Shielded** Conductorst Overall
inches mm mils mm mils mm mils mm mils mm
0.250 or less 6.35 or less 15 0.38 45 1.14 15 0.38 45 1.14
0.251-0.425 6.38-10.80 30 0.76 45 1.14 25 0.64 45 1.14
0.426-0.700 10.82-17.78 45 1.14 60 1.52 30 0.76 60 1.52
0.701-1.500 17.81-38.10 65 1.65 80 2.03 50 1.27 80 2.03
1.501-2.500 38.13-63.50 95 2.41 110 2.79 80 2.03 110 2.79
2,501and larger 63.53
larger
125
and 3.56
140
3.18 ... ... 3.56
140 ,
I
*Under common jacket.

tThese thicknesses apply to jackets only and do not apply to colored coatings usedfor the purpose of circuit identificationon the individual
conductorsof multiple-conductor cables.
$3ngtesonductor cables in sizes 9 AWG and smaller shall not be used for direct earth burial.
**In calculatingthe diameter under the jacket of single-conductor shielded cables, 90 mils (2.29 mm) (which was used in calculatingthe values
given in Table 4-5) shall be added to the metallic conductor diameter plus twice the insulation thicknessgiven inTable 3-1.
NOTE-For flat twin cable, usethe calculated major core diameter under the jacket to determine the jacket thicknessfrom Column 4.

WC 7-1988
4. Galvanized steel wire armor. transformer vaults. (This sentence is approved by

a.Submarinecable. NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information.)
b. Dredgecable. Table 4-9
c. Vertical riser, borehold, and shaft cable for Thickness of Lead Sheath
end suspension. CalcdatedDiameter of Core* Thicknessof Sheath
d. Direct burialin trenches and subjected to unusual
longitudinal stress. inches mm mils mm
Jute covering is not required on dredge and vertical 0-0.425 0-10.80 1.1451.
riser cable. It is required on submarine, borehole and
shaft cable where severe installation and service condi- 0.426-0.700 10.82-17.78 1.66551.
tions exist.It is required for direct burial cable. 0.701-1.050 17.81-26.67 80 2.03
4
Jute covering maybe desirable wherethe conditions 26.70-38.10
1.051-1.500 95 2.41
of transportation require protection forthe galvanizing
on the armor wires. (This paragraph is approved by 1.501-2.000 38.13-50.80 2.79110
NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information.) 2.001-3.000 50.83-76.20 3.18125
DIVISION I 3.001 and
larger 76.23and
larger 140 3.56
Metallic and Associated Coverings
*Thethickness of lead sheath for flat twin cable shall be based on the
for Insulated Cables calculated majorcore diameter.
4.5.3
Scope tFor submarine cables, the thickness of the lead sheath for the first
two core diameter classificationsshall be 80 mils (2.03 mm).
Division I applies tothe metallic coverings described
in the following sections, together with the necessary 4.5.4.3 MEASUREMENT OF THICKNESS OF LEAD
fibrous, thermosetting, or thermoplastic beddings and The thickness shall be measured in accordance with
protective coverings; to nonmetallic coverings over 6.8.
metallic sheath; and to their application over insulated
electric cable for use on power, control, and lighting 4.5.4.4 REAPPLICATIONOF LEAD SHEATHS
circuits. When the sheath does not meetthe requirements of
4.5.4MetallicSheath these standards, it shall
not be repaired butthe lead may
be stripped fromthe entire length of the cable andthe
A leador smooth aluminum sheath shall be used with cable releaded.
or without supplementary protection when an imper-
vious covering is required. 4.5.4.5 TYPE OF ALUMINUM
4.5.4.1 TYPE OF LEAD A smooth sheath of aluminum alloy 1060, 1350, or
equivalent shallbe tightly formed around the core of the
A sheath of commercially pure lead (or an alloyed cable.
lead) shall be tightly formed around the core of the
cable. This lead shall meet the requirements of ASTM 4.5.4.6 THICKNESS OF ALUMINUM
B29. The average thicknessof the aluminum sheath shall be
If lead stripped from new cable is used, it shall comply in accordance with Table 4-10.The minimum thickness
with the requirements given herein. shall in no case be less than
90 percent of the thickness
4.5.4.2THICKNESS OF LEAD specified inthe table.
The average thickness of the lead sheath shall be in 4.5.4.7 MEASUREMENT OF THICKNESS OF ALUMINUM
accordance with Table 4-9.The minimum thickness shall The thicknessshall be measured in accordance with
in no case be less than 90 percent of the thickness
6.8.
specifiedin the table. Where protective jackets are used
over the lead sheath,see 4.5.14and 4.5.15for the thick- 4.5.4.8 REAPPLICATIONOF ALUMINUMSHEATHS
ness of the lead sheath.
When the sheath doesnot meet the requirementsof
There are special cases where the above thicknesses
these standards, it shall not be repaired, but the
may require an increase, especially the on smaller sizes
aluminum maybe stripped fromthe entire length of the
of cables, if several cablesare to be pulled in together in
cable and the cable resheathed. (This sentence is ap-
one duct;if the sections are extra long; if orthe handling
is severe or awkward during installation as in some

WC 7 - 8 8 B 6 4 7 0 204070 7 0 8 6 5
WC 7-1988
Page 24 K E A S-66-524
proved by NEMA as Authorized EngineeringInforma- and applied with opposite directions of lay, The inner
tion.) serving shallbe an impregnated jute yarn that shall be
Table 4-10 run through hot asphalt or tar compound before the
Thickness of Smooth Aluminum Sheath application of the outer serving which shall be No. 16/3
calculated Diameter of Core* Thickness of Sheath impregnated jute yarn or plied jute of equivalent thick-
mils mm
ness.
Inches mm
For.either one or two servings, the outer serving shall
0-0.400 0-10.16 35 0.89 be run through hot asphalt or tar compound and coated
0.401-0.740 1.14
10.19-18.80 45 with some suitable material that will prevent sticking of
0.741-1.050 18.82-26.67 55 1.40 adjacent turns of the cable when woundon a reel.
1.051-1.300 26.70-33.02 65 1.65 4.5.6 Flat Metal Tape Armor
1.301-1.550 1.90
33.05-39.37 75
1.551-1.800 2.16
39.40-45.72 85 4.5.6.1 SCOPE
1.801-2.050 45.75-52.07 95 2.41 This section covers plain and zinc-coated flat steel
2.051-2.300 52.10-58.422.67 105 strip-in coils for use as flat armor for electrical cables.
2.301-2.550 58.4544.77 115 2.92 The zinc coating shall be applied by either hot-dip or the
electro-galvanizingprocess such that all surfaces of the
2.551-2.800 64.80-71.123.18 125
finished tape width are coated, including edges.
2.801-3.050 71.15-77.47 3.43 135
3.051-3.300 77.50-83.823.68 145 4.5.6.2 TENSILE STRENGTH AND ELONGATION
3.301-3.550 83.85-90.173.94 155 The plain and zinc-coated strip shall have a tensile
3.551-3.800 90.20-96.524.19 165 strength of not lessthan 40000 psi (276 MPa) normore
4.453.801-4.050
96.55-102.9
175 than 7oooO psi (482 MPa).The tensile strength shall be
__.
determined on longitudinal specimens consisting of the
*The thickness of the aluminum sheath for flat twin cable shall be
based on the calculated major core diameter. full width of the strip when practical or on a straight
specimen slit from the center of the strip. The strip shall
4.5.5 Jute Serving over Metallic Sheath without have an elongation of not less than 10 percent in 10
Metallic Armor inches (254 mm). The elongation shallbe thepermanent
increase in length of a marked section of the strip,
4.5.5.1 JUTESERVINGS originally 10 inches (254 mm) in length, and shall be
The thickness of one serving (ortwo servings) of jute determined after the specimen has fractured. All tests
applied over metallic sheathed cable for mechanical shall be made prior to application of the strip to the
protection shall be as given in Table 4-11. cable.
Table 4-11
4.5.6.3GALVANIZINGTEST
Thickness of Jute Servings Over Metallic
Sheath (Without Metallic Armor) 4.5.6.3.1WEIGHT OF ZINCCOATING
Average Thickness of Jute The weight ofzinc coating shall be determined before
Calculated
Diameter of Cable
Serving
Under Jute Serving*
application of the strip to the cable. The strip shall have
One Serving Two Servings a minimum weightof coating of 0.35 ounce per square
inches
1.ooOor less
mm
25.40 or less
ruils
65
mm
1.65
mils
95
-
mm
2.41
foot (106.8 grams/meter2) of exposed surface. The
weight of coating specified isthe total amount on both
1.001-2500 25.43-63.50 65 1.65 110 2.79
surfaces and edges and shall be determined in accord-
ance with the method described in ASTMA90.
2501 &larger 63.52 &larger 65 1.65 125 3.18
*Thethickness of juteservings over metallic sheath for twin
flatcable 4.5.6.3.2 ADHERENCEOF COATING
shall be based on the calculated major core diameter. The zinc coating shall
remain adherent without flaking
4.5.5.2
APPLICATION or spalling whenthe strip is subjected to a 180-degree
bend over amandrel Vi inch (3.18 mm) in diameter. The
When jute servingsarerequired, themetallicsheathed zinc coating shall
be considered as meeting thisrequire-
cable shall be run through hot asphalt or tar compound ment if, when the strip is bent around the specified
and served with a closely wound of layNo. 16/3 impreg- mandrel, the coating does not flake or none of it can be
nated jute yarn or plied jute of equivalent thickness.If removed fromthe strip by rubbing withthe fingers.
two servings are required, they shallbe closely wound

.~
~ 7 0 2 4 70 0 0 7 0 8 7
WC 7-1988
Loosening or detachment duringthe adherence test of the tape or 0.200 inch (5.08 mm), whichever is the
of zinc formed bymechani- greater.
of superficial, small particals
calpolishing of the surface of the zinc-coated strip shall During or prior to application, the tapes shall be
not constitute failure. flushed with a suitable compounddeter to corrosion.
Table 4-13
4.5.6.4
WIDTH Thickness of Metal Tape for Flat Armor
The nominal widthof metal tapes shall be not greater (Plain or Zinc-Coated)
than that specified in Table 4-12. Calculated
Diameter of Cable Nominal
Thick-
For nominal widths 1.000 inch (25.4 mm) or less, the Under
Jute
Bedding* ness of Metal Tape
tolerance in width shallbe f31mils. For nominal widths
inches mm mils mm
greater than1O.OOinch (25.4mm), the toleranceinwidth - =
shall be 247 mils. 1.00025.40
less
or 20 0.51
Table 4-12 1.001
and larger 25.43 and larger 30 0.76
Width of Metal Tape for Flat Armor
(Plain or Zinc Coated) *For flat twin cable, the nominal thickness shall be based on the
calculated majorcore diameter.
Calculated Diameter
of Cable Nominal Widthof
Under Jute Bedding* Metal Tape
4.5.7 Interlocked Metal Tape Armor
inches mm inches mm
4.5.7.1 SCOPE
0.450 or less
11.43
less
or
0.750
19.0
This section covers flat metallic strip-in coils for use
0.451-1.000 11.46-25.40 1.000 25.4 as interlocking armor for electrical cables. All tests shall
1.001-1.400 25.43-35.56 1.250 31.8 be made prior to the application of the the strip
cable.
to
1.401-2.000 35.59-50.80 1.500 38.1 4.5.7.2STEELTAPE
2.001-3.500 50.83-88.90 2.000 50.8 Steel tape (except stainless) without a protective
3.501 andlarger 88.93 andlarger 3.000
76.2 covering shallbe zinc-coated. The zinc coating shall be
applieC hv either the hot-dip or the electro-galvanizing
*For flat twin cable, the nominal width shallbe based on the calcu- process such that all surfaces of the finishedtape width
lated major core diameter. are coated, includingthe edges. If an outerjute or other
protective covering is furnished, plaintape steel
may be
4.5.6.5
THICKNESS used. The quality of the steel tape and the requirements
The nominal thicknessof metal tape shall be not less for the galvanizing shallbe those specifiedin 4.5.6.2 and
than that given in Table 4-13. See 6.7.2 for method of 4.5.6.3 for flat steel tape.
measuring metaltape thickness.
The tolerance in the nominal thickness of the tape 4.5.7.3
WIDTH
shall be. +.3 mils. The nominal widthof metal tape may be less than but
The zinc-coated tape shall not at any placebe more shall notbe greater than that specified
in Table 4-14.
than 20 percent thicker thanthe stripped tape thickness, Table 4-14
which should the be specified nominal thicknessbare for Width of Metal Tape for InterlockedArmor
metal. The tolerance for nominal thicknessof bare metal
should apply tothe stripped tape. Calculated Diameterof Cable Nominal Width of
Under Armor Metal Tape Armor
4.5.6.6 APPLICATION,LAY, AND SPACING inches mm inches mm
'&o metal tapes shall be applied helically in
the same 0.500 or less 12.70 or less 12.7
0.500
direction over the jute bedding except that they may be
applied in opposite directions where the total areaof 0.501-1.000 12.73-25.40 19.0
0.750
the conductors is less than 50000 circular mils (25.34 1.001-2.000 25.43-50.80 22.2
0.875
mm2). The direction of lay of the inner tape shall be
2.001 and larger 50.83 and larger 25.4
1.000
opposite to thatof the jute bedding. When applied in
the same direction as the inner tape, the outer
tape shall
be approximately centered over the spaces betweenthe For any width of metal tape used, the tolerance in
convolutions of the inner tape. The maximum space width shallbe + 10 mils or -5 mils, except for aluminum,
between turns shall not exceed 20 percent of the width which shall be+-lomils.

WC 7-88 6 4~.
70247 0009088 q-
WC 7-1988
Page 26 KEA S-66-524
4.5.7.4
THICKNESS
The nominal thicknessof metal tape shall be not less
gitudinallyfoldedaroundthecablecore,seamwelded,
and corrugated or by applying over the cable core a
e
than that given in lible 4-15. See 6.7.2 for method of seamless sheath or tube, which is then corrugated.
measuring metaltape thickness. 4.5.7a.2 TYPE OF METAL
The tolerance in nominal thickness of the tape shall
be "3 mils, The zinc-coated tape shall not atany place 4.5.7a.2.1 When metal armor is formed by a flat
be more than20 percent thicker than. the stripped tape metal tape, the tapes used shallbe aluminum, copper,
thickness, which should be the specified nominal thick- steel, or alloys thereof.
ness forbare metal. The tolerance for nominal thickness
of bare metal should apply to the stripped tape. 4.5.7a.2.2 When metal armor is formed by applying
Table 4-15 a seamless sheath or tube, the metal be shall
aluminum
Thickness ofMetal Tape for Interlocked Armor or an aluminum alloy.
Nominal Thickness 4.5.7a.2.3 The minimum thickness oftape or of the
Ambrac, Brass, sheath or tube before corrugation shall
be as shown in
Steel, Stainless 'Ihble 4-14a. .
Calculated Diameterof Cable
Under Armor and Monel Aluminum and 4.5.7a.3 FLEXIBIL~
Taw Zinc Taw
inches mm mils mm mils mm The armored cable shall be capable of being bent
around a mandrel having a diameter of 14 times the
0-1500 0-38.10 20 o51 25 0.64 cable diameter. The armor shall show no evidence of
1.501&larger 38.13 &larger 25 0.64 30 0.76 fracture visible to the unaided eye. The test shall be
conducted in accordance with the procedure given in
4.5.7.5 NONMAGNETICTAPE
Section 6.
When nonmagnetic tapes, such as aluminum, brass,
bronze, zinc, or stainless steel tapes
are used, the widths 4.5.7a.4CORROSIONPROTECTION
shall be in accordancewith 4.5.7.3 and the thicknesses
in accordance with4.5.7.4.
When required
corrosion
a protective
be applied over the armor.
covering
shall 0
Representative valuesof tensile strength and elonga-
tion for the nonmagnetic metals are given in Appen- 4.5.8 Galvanized Steel Wire Armor
dix B.
4.5.8.1 SCOPE
4.5.7aContinuouslyCorrugatedMetal Armor This section covers zinc-coated low-carbon-steel wire
for usein the armoringof borehole, vertical riser, sub-
4.5.7a.1
SCOPE
marine, and underground cables used for power, con-
This section covers the requirements applicable to trol, and lighting circuits for normal use. For wire armor
continuously corrugated metal armored cable. The for special usessee Division II and III (4.5.17 through
metal armor is formed by a flat metal tape thatis lon-
Table 4-14a
Minimum Thickness ofMetal for Corrugated Armor
Diameter
Calculated
SteelCopper
Aluminum
Armor of Cable
Under
inches mm mils mm mils mm mils mm
0-2.180
0.56 22 0- 55.37 ... a.. ... e..
2,181-3.190 29 55.40- 81.03 0.74 ... ... ... ...

81.05-106.7
3.190-4.200 34 0.86 .*a ... ... I..
0-2.365 o- 60.7 . ... ... 17 0.43 ... ...

90.4 60.10-
2.366-3.545 ... ... 21 0.53 ... ...
90.07-106.7
3,546-4.200 ... ... 25 0.64 ... ...
0-1.905 0- 48.39 ... ... ... 16 0.4
...
I..
1.906-3.05 48.41-72.39 ..e ... e.. 20 0.5

3.051-4.200 72.42-106.7 ... ... ... 0.6
e.. 24

I .-
WC 7-1988
0 4.5.26). All testsshall be madeprior to applicationof

the wire tothe cable.
4.5.8.3GALVANIZINGTESTS
4.5.8.3.1WEIGHT OF ZINC COATING
4.5.8.2TENSIE STRENGTH, ELONGATION, AND The weight of zinc coating shall be determined before
TORSION the wire is applied tothe cable. The wire shall have a
The zinc-coated wire shall be uniform in diameter and minimumweight ofcoating persquare foot of uncoated
free from cracks, splints, or other flaws. wire surface in accordance with Table 4-17.The zinc
coating shallbe tested for weight by a stripping testin
4.5.8.2.1TENSILESTRENGTH accordance with ASTMA90.
The zinc-coated wire shall have a tensile strength of
not less than5oooOpsi (35.2kgf/mm2) and not more than 4.5.8.3.2 ADHERENCEOF COATING
7oooO psi (49.2kgf/mm2). The tensile strength shall be The zinc coating shall remain adherent when the wire
tested in accordance with ASTM E8. is wrapped at arate of not more than fifteen turns per
minute LI a closed helixof at least two turns around a
4.5.8.2.2
ELONGATION cylindrical mandrel of the diameter specified in Table
The zinc-coated wire shall have an elongation of not 4-18.The zinc coating shall be considered as meeting
less than10percent in10 inches (254mm). The elonga- this requirement if, when the wire iswrapped about the
tion shall be the permanent increase in length of a specified mandrel,the coating does not flake and none
marked section of the wire originally10inches (254mm) of it can be removed from the by wire
rubbing it with the
in length and shall be determined after the specimen has fingers.
fractured. Loosening or detachment during the adherence test
of superficial small particlesof zinc formed by mechani-
4.5.8.2.3TORSIONTEST cal polishing of the surface of zinc-coated wire shall not
The zinc-coated wire shall withstand, without frac- constitute failure.
turc, the minimum number of twists specified in Table Table 4-18
4-16.This test shall be made on a sampleof wire having Mandrel Diameter
@ an initiallength of 6 inches (152mm) between jawsof a
standard torsion machine or equivalent with one head
for Adherence of Coating Tests
Wire Diameter
of the machine movable horizontally. The effective mils mm Mandrel Diameter
speed of rotation shall not exceed 60 rpm.
Table 4-16
238-134
6.05-3.40 3 times wire
diameter
Number of Twists (Torsion Test)
Nominal Wire Diameter Minimum Number 133 andsmaller 3.38 andsmaller 2 timeswire
of 'Itvisls diameter
mils mm
238-166 6.05-4.22 7 4.5.8.4 SEE OF ARMOR
165-110 4.19-2.79 10 The sizes of armor wire for submarine cables
are given
in Table4-19.
109-6514 2.77-1.65
If the service requirementsare exceptionally severe,
larger sizes of armor wire maybe required. (This sen-
Table 4-17
Minimum Weights of Zinc Coating
Nominal Diameter of CoatedWire Minimum Weight of Zinc Coating
mils mm Size, BWG Ounces per Square Fool Grams per Meter2of
of Exposed Wire Surface Exposed Wire Surface
238 6.05 305 4 1.00
59 220 5 1.00 305
203 5.16 6 1.00 305
19 165 8 0.90 275
134 0.80 3.40 10 244
.77 109 12 0.80 244
.11 83 14 0.60 183

WC 7-1988
Table 4-19
Size of Galvanized Steel Armor Wire for Submarine
Cable
1.001-1.700
1.701-2.500
tence has been approved by NFMA as Authorized En- before it is run through the first application of com-
gineering Information.) pound.
The tolerance in diameter for galvanized steel wire
shall be as shown in Table 4-20. 4.5.9.2DIRECTION OF LAY
Table 4-20 The direction of lay ofthe jutebedding or serving shall
Tolerances of Diameter be opposite to that of the armor directly in contact with
Nominal Diameter of CoatedWire Tolerances,inches
it, except as allowed in 4.5.8.6. Adjacent layers of jute
shall be applied with opposite directions of lay.
mils mm
238-166 6.054.22 a0.005 4.5.9.3
THICKNESS
The thickness of jute bedding under the armor in the
165-109 4.20-2.77 kO.004
finished cable shall be not less than that specified in
108-65 2.74-1.65 zkO.003 Table 4-21.The thickness shallbe determined by the use
of a diameter tape and shall be considered as one-half
4.5.8.5 LAY of the difference in measurement under and over the
The length of lay of the armor wires shallbe not less bedding.
than seven nor more than twelve times their pitch 4.5.10 Jute Serving Overall for Armored Cable
diameter for all constructions except for dredge cable.
For dredge cable, see 4.5.20. See 4.5.11 for Interlocked Armored Cable.
“Lay” is defined as follows. “The lay of any helical
4.5.10.1
APPLICATION
element of a cable is the axial length of a turn of the helix
of that element.” When an outer jute serving isrequired, the armored
cable shall be run first through hot asphalt or tar com-
4.5.8.6DIRECTION OF h Y pound, then served with a layer of number sixteen three-
Successive layers of jute and armor shall be laid in ply(No.l6/3)impregnatedjuteyarnappliedwithashort
opposite directions, The direction of lay of the armor close lay, againrun through hot asphalt or tar compound
wires shall be so chosen that birdcaging of the cable and finished by running through some suitable material
being armored shall be reduced to a minimum. that will prevent stickingof adjacent turns of the cable
when wound in a reel.
4.5.9 Jute Bedding for Armored Cable
4.5.10.2DIRECTION OF h Y
See 4.5.11 for Interlocked Armored Cable.
The direction of lay of the jute serving shall be op-
4.5.9.1 APPLICATION posite to that of the armor in contact with it.
Metallic-sheathed cable to be armored shall be run 4.5.11 Jute for Interlocked Armored Cable
through hot asphalt or tar compound before being
served with a bedding of impregnated jute yarn or 4.5.11.1JUTEBEDDING
roving, each layer of which shall be run through hot If jute bedding is required, the application and direc-
asphalt or tar compound. If the cable is without metallic tion of lay shallbe in accordance with 4.5.9.1and 4.5.9.2.
sheath, the core shall be covered as specified in4.5.12.1 The thickness shallbe as specified for metal taped cable
in Table 4-21.

- WC 7-88
6470247 000907L 9
WC 7-1988
Table 4-21
Thickness of Jute Beddinsfor Armored Cable
Minimum Thicknessof Jute Bedding
Calculated Diameter
of Cable Under Jute Bedding*
Round Wire Armored Cable
Mehl Taped
Sheathed or Jacketed
Nonsheathed or Noqjacketed
inches mm mils mm mils mm
0.450 or less 11.43 or0.76

less 30 1.14 45 2.03 80
0.451-0.750 1.14
11.46-19.05 45 1.45 45 2.03 80
0.751-1.000 19.08-21.14
5.40 45 1.65 65 2.41 95
1.001-2.500 25.43-63.50
1.65 65 2.03 80 2.79 110
2.501and larger 63.53 and larger
3.18
125
2.41951.6565
*The thickness of jute bedding for flattwin cable shall be based on the calculated major core diameter.
4.5.11.2JUTESERVING OVERALL reinforcing tapes and a chloroprene rubber jacket com-

If jute serving overallis required, it shall be in accord- pound.
ance with 4.5.10. The physical properties of the chloroprenerubberjacket
compound shallmeet the following requirements:
4.5.12 Core Covering for Nonsheathed and Physical Requirements
Nonjacketed Cable with Metallic Armor
Over the coreof nonsheathed and nonjacketed cable Tensile strength, minimum
with metallic armor, there shall be applied tape, fibrous psi 1200
covering, jute, or other suitable protective covering.
Tape shallbe used over cores having a diameter of 0.300 Npa 8.27
inch (7.62mm) or larger. Elongation at rupture, minimum, percent 250
4.5.13 Core Covering for Jacketed Cable Under Set, maximum, percent 20
Armor Aging Requirements
4.5.13.1 FLAT STEEL TAPE ARMOR After air oventest at 70"C+ for 168 hours -
1°C
Where a flat steel tape armor is used,a jute bedding tensile strength, minimum
shallbe appliedover the jacket before applicationof the psi 1000
armor. The thickness of the jute bedding shall be in
accordance with Table4-21(see 6.9). Mpa 6.89
4.5.13.2 INTERLOCKED ARMOR
After oil immersiontest at 121"C+-loC for 18
Interlocked armor shall be applied directly over the
hours - tensile strength and elongation at rup-
covering, no bedding being necessary.
ture, minimum, percentage of unaged value 60
4.5.13.3ROUNDWIREARMOR Tests shall be made on samples removed from the
Where round wire armor is used, a jute bedding shall finished cable or, where this is impractical, on a sample
be applied over the jacket before application of the of the jacket compound and thst is identical with that on
armor. The thickness of the jute bedding shall be in the cable and that has been given the same treatment as
accordance with Table4-21(see 6.9). the jacket.
4.5.14 Cross-Linked Jackets Over Metallic Sheath 4.5.14.2
THICKNESS
4.5.14.1REINFORCEDCROSS-LINKEDJACKET The average thickness of the cross-linked jacket shall
be not lessthan that specified,in Table4-22, The thick-
A reinforced cross-linked jacket over a metallic ness shallbe determined by the use of a diameter tape
sheath shall consist of a combination of treated fibrous and shall be considered as one-half of the difference in
measurement under and over the jacket.

WC 7-1988
The minimum thickness shallbe not less than

80 per- 1. Polyvinyl chloride meetingthe requirementsgiven
cent of the thickness specified inTable
4-22. in 4.4, except that the cold bend requirements
Table 4-22 shall be as given in4.5.15.4,or
Thickness of Cross-linked Jacket 2. Blackpolyethylenemeeting the requirements
over Metallic Sheaths given in4.4, or
3. Blackchlorinatedpolyethylenemeeting the re-
Calculaled
Diameter Over Sheath Thickness
quirements given in4.4.3except thatthe cold bend
inches mm mils mm requirements shallbe as given in4.5.15.4,
less
1.500 or 38.10less
or 1.65
65
4.5.15.2
THICKNESS
2.41 1.501-3.000
38.13-76.20
95 The average thickness of the thermoplastic jacket
3.001 and
larger 76.23 and
larger 125 3.18 shall be not less than that specified in Table4-24. The
minimum thickness shallbe not less than70 percent of
4.5.14.3 THICKNESS OF LEADSHEATH the values given inthe table. The average thickness of
When a cross-linked jacket is applied over a lead the jacket shall be taken as one-half the difference in
sheath, the average thicknessof the lead sheath shall
be diameters over and underthe jacket as determinedby
in accordance with Table 4-23. The minimum thickness circumference measurements (see Section 6).The min-
shall be not less than
90 percent of the values given in imum thickness of the jacket shall be determined by
the table (see6.8). direct measurements with a micrometer, a steel scale
with pocket glass, aor micrometer microscope on a ring
Table 4-23 of jacket removed from the cable.
Thickness of Lead Sheath for Cables Having
a Jacket over the Lead Sheath Table 4-24
Thickness of Thermoplastic Jacket
Calculated
Diameter of Core* Thickness of
Shealh over Metallic Sheath
inches mm mils mm Calculaled DlamelerOver Sheath Thickness of Jacket
inches mm mils mm
0.425 or less 10.80 or less 45.f 1.14t
0-19.05 0-0.750 50 1.27
0.4264.700 10.82-17.78 55t 1.40.f
0.751-1.500 19.08-38.10 1.65 65
0.701-1.050 17.81-26.67 1.78 70
1.501-2.250 38.13-57.15 2.03 80
1.051-1.500 26.70-38.10 2.16 85
2.251-3.000 57.18-76.20 95 2.41
1.501-2.000 38.13-50.80 95 2.41
3.001 and
larger 76.23 and
larger 110
2.79
2.001-3.000 50.83-76.20 2.79110
3.001 and
larger 76.23 and
larger 125
3.18 4.5.15.3 TIGHTNESS OF APPLICATION OF
POLYETHYLENEJACKET TO SHEATH
*Thethickness of lead sheathfor flat twin cable shallbe based on the
calculated major core diameter. The jacket shall be removed for 5 inches (127 mm)
from each endof a 12-inch(305-mm) sample of cable,
tFor submarine cables,these thicknesses shall 70
bemils (1.78 mm),
leaving a 2-inch(50.8-mm) ring intact and undisturbed
4.5.14.4 THICKNESSOF ALUMINUMSHEATH at the center. The samplethenbe shall insertedvertical-
ly in a hole in a flat rigid plate that is at least 10 mils
When a cross-linked jacket is applied overan (0.254 mm) larger than the diameter over the sheath but
aluminum sheath, the average thickness of the not over40 mils (1.02 mm) larger. No movement of the
aluminum sheath shall
be the same as that given in Table2-inch (50.8-mm)ring shall take place within a ofperiod
4-10 (see 6.8). 1 minute when weight is applied to the upper endof the
4.5.15 Thermoplastic Jacket over Metallic Sheath sample. The weight to be applied shall be equal to10
pounds per inch(1.77 kn/m) of outside diameterof the
4.5.15.1THERMOPUSTICJACKETS metallic sheath minus the weight of the prepared
Thermoplastic jackets, when used, shall be extruded sample, roundedoff to the nearer half pound.
over the metallic sheath' and shall fit tightly thereto. 4.5.15.4COLDBEND
They shallbe either:
When required, the manufacturer shall submit
evidence that the jacket has been tested on similar cable

WC 7-1988
ICEA 5-66-524 Page 31
and meets the following requirement. The jacketed 1. Polyvinyl chloridemeetingtherequirements of

cable shallbe subjected to the same bend tests and with 4.4.1 exceptthat the cold bend requirements shall
the same frequency as requiredthe forunderlying core. be given in 4.5.15.4, or
The test temperature shall be -10°C or colder. After the 2. Black polyethylene meeting the requirements of
final bend, the jacket shallshow no cracks visibleto the 4.4.2, or
normal unaided eye (see Section 6). 3. Chlorinatedpolyethylenemeetingtherequire-
ments of 7.3.7.4.
4.5.15.5 IRREGULARITY INSPECTION (Table 4-25 was deleted July 22,1987.)
Jackets shall not
have irregularities as determined
by
the procedure of paragraph 3.8 of ICEA T-27-581 4.5.16.3
THICKNESS
(NEMA WC 53). The methods to be used are: The average thickness of the jacket shall be not less
. Method B Method C than that specified in Table
ness shall be not less
4-26. The minimum thick-
than 70 percent of the value given
Chlorinated
Polyethylene
Polyvinyl
Chloride in the table. The minimum and maximum thickness of
Polyethylene
Thermoplastic the jacket shall be determined directly with a
micrometer, a steel scale with pocket glass, or a micro-
4.5.15.6 THICKNESS OF LEADSHEATH meter microscopeon a ringof jacket removed from the
When a thermoplastic jacketis applied over a lead cable, The average of these determinations shall be
sheath, the average thicknessof the lead sheath shall
be taken asthe average thicknessof the jacket.
in accordance with 4.5.14.3 (see Section 6).
4.5.16.4 IRREGULARITY INSPECTION
4.5.15.7 THICKNESS OF ALUMINUM SHEATH Jackets shall not
have irregularities as determined
by
When a thermoplastic jacket is applied over an the procedureof paragraph 3.8 of ICEA T-27-581.The
aluminum sheath, the average thickness of the methods to be used are:
aluminum sheath shall be the same as that given in Table Melhod A Melhod B CMelhod
4-10 (see Section 6).
Neo Iene Chlorinated Polyvinyl chloride (4.4.1)
(7.$7.1) polyethylene,ther-
4.5.16 Jackets over Metallic Armor moplastic (4.4.3)
Jackets, when used, shall be either thermoplastic as Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene(4.4.2)
polyethylene (7.3.7.3)
described in 4.5.16.1 or cross-linked as described in
4.5.16.2. Chlorinated
4.5.16.1THERMOPLASTICm E S
Thermoplastic jackets,when used, shallbe extruded
over the metallic armor and shall fit tightly thereto.
They shallbe either:
e
Table 4-26
Thickness of Jacket Over Metallic Armor
= Thickness
Diameter of Cable
Calculated Under
Jacket All Cables
(Excepl
Interlocked or Cables
With
Interlocked
or
Corrugated
Corrugated
Armored) Armor
inches mm mils mm mils mm
less or 19.05
0.750 or less 50 1.27 50 1.27
0.751-1.500 19.08-38.10
1.65 65 50 1.27
1.501-2.250 38.13-57.15 80 2.03 60 1.52
2.251-3.000 57.18-76.20
2.41 95 1.90 75
a
0 larger and 76.23larger
3.001 and 85 2.16

: WC 7-88
WC 7-1988
DIVISION II 4.5.20DredgeCable
Round Wire Armor for Borehole, Dredge, Shaft,
and Vertical Riser Cable 4.5.20.1
ARMOR
Galvanized round steel wire shall be used for dredge
4.5.17
Scope cable and shall be applied with ashort lay.
Division II gives details of construction of armor ap-
plicable particularly to borehole, dredge, shaft, and ver- 4.5.20.2 SIZE OF ARMORWIRE
tical riser cables. The size of the armor wires shallbe as given in Table
4-28.
4.5.18
General Table 4-28
The requirements of Division I pertaining to quality Size of Galvanized SteelArmor Wire
of materials, design, and construction, apply also to for Dredge Cable
borehole, dredge, shaft, and vertical riser cable (which Calculated
Diameter of Cable
Nominal
Size of
are designed forspecial uses), exceptas tothe particular Under Juie Bedding
Armor
Wire
details expressly set forth in the following sections for inches mm BWG mils mm
2
the respective typesof cable, or as otherwise modified.

0-1.700 043.18- 122.77 109
4.5.19 Borehole Cable (Suspended at One End 1.701-2.500
3.40134
43.21-63.50
10
Only)
2.501 and larger 63.53 and larger 8 165
4.19
4.5.19.1
ARMOR
Galvanized round steel wire shall
be used for borehole 4.5.20.3PITCH RATIO
cable. The pitch ratio .knitsshall be in accordance with Thle
4-29.
4.5.19.2 SIZE OF ARMORWIRE The pitch ratio is taken as thequotient resulting from
The size of the armor wire shallbe as given in Table dividing the length of the armor wires by the pitch
4-27. diameter of the armor wires.
Table 4-27 Where unusual service conditions exist, it may be
Size of Galvanized SteelArmor Wire for desirable to modify the above pitch ratio. If so, it should
Borehole Cable be defined before the cable design is finalized.
Calculated
Diameter of Cable
Nominal
Size of Table 4-29
Under Juie Bedding Armor Wire Pitch Ratioof Galvanized WireArmor
inches mm BWG mils mm for Dredge Cable
04.750 0-19.05 2.77
109
12 Diameter
Calculated Minimum
Wire
Armor
the Over Piich
0.751-1.000 19.08-25.40 3.40
134
10 inches mm
Ratio
1.001-1.700 25.43-43.18 82.5- 165

4.19 0-63.50 0-2.500
1.701-2.500 43.21-63.50 6 5.16203 2.501 and larger 63.53 and larger 3.0
2.501 and larger 63.53 and larger 4 238
6.05
4.5.21ShaftCable
The tensile safety factor [based on 50,000 psi (35.2
kgf/mm2)] shall be not less than five. If the required When shaftcable is clamped to the shaft structure or
tensile safety factor is not maintained, the next larger wall, the metallic coverings used (either tape or wire)
size wire givenin the table should be used.
shall comply with the requirements of 4.5.3 through
4.5.16. If, duringinstallation,theshaftcable is
4.5.19.3 LnY suspended from one end, galvanvized round steel wire
The length of lay of the armor wires shallbe not less armor shall be used.
The size of the armor wires shallbe as given in Table
than seven nor more than twelve times their pitch
4-30, but the tensile safetyfactor shall be not less than
diameter. The armor shall be applied closely without
five.
appreciable space between the wires.
“Lay” is defined as follows: “The lay of any helical
element of a cable is the axial lengthof a turn of the helix
of that element.”

WC 7-88 6 4 7 0 2 4 7 0007075 bp
WC 7-1988
Table 4-30 4.5.22.1.2SIZE OF ARMORWIRE

Size of Galvanized SteelArmor Wirefor Shaft The sizeof the armor wires shallbe as given in Table
Cable and Vertical Riser Cable 4-30.
CalculatedDiameter of CableUnderNominalSize of The tensile safety factor [based on 5oooO psi (35.2
WireArmor
BeddingJute kgf/-')] shall be not less than seven.If the required
inches mm BWG mils mm tensile safety factoris not maintained, the next larger
size wire given in the table shouldbe used.
~~ ~ ~ ~~ ~~ ~
0-1.000 0-5.40 12
2.77 109
1.001-1.700 25.43-43.18 13410 3.40 4.5.22.2 SIZE OF ARMORWIRE FOR SHEATHED
VERTICAL RISERCABLE
1.701-2.500 43.21-63.50 8 165 4.19
The size of armor wire for sheathedvertical riser cable
* 2.501 andlarger 63.53 andlarger 6 5.16
203 for indoor installation shall be in accordance with
4.5.19.2 for borehole cable, but with a tensile safety
4.5.22 Vertical Riser Cable (Suspended at One factor of not less than four.
End Only)
4.5.23WireBandSem'ng
4.5.22.1NONSHEATHEDCABLE FOR lNSTALlATlON
WITHIN BUILDINGS
Where wire band servings directly overthe armor are
required for cable suspended vertically from one end,
4.5.22.1.1 ARMOR No. 12 BWG (109 mils) (2.77 mm) wire shall be used.
Galvanized roundsteel wire shallbe used for vertical The length of the serving band andthe spacing of the
riser cable. band throughout the length of the cable shall be in
accordance with Table 4-31.
The wire bands shall be applied sufficiently tight to
prevent their movement along the cable as a result of
handling the cable during installation.
Table 4-31
Spacing and Lengthof Band Servings
Calculated
Diameter
Over lhe Armor
Wire Maximum
Band
Spacing
Band
Length
of
inches mm feel meters inches mm
P I_
0-1.500 0-38.10 50 15.2 3 76.2

38.13-63.50 1.501-2.500 4 102
larger
2.500 and larger
63.53 and 7.6 25 4 102
6 Table 4-32
Thickness o f Jute Bedding and Sizeof Armor Wire
CalculatedDiameter of CableUnderJuteBedding Minimum Thickness of JuteBedding Nominal She of ArmorWire
c
inches nun mils mm BWG mils mm
1.14 04.75045 0-19.05 14 83 2.11

0.751-1.000 1.65
19.08-25.40 65 12
2.77 109
1.001-1.700 2.03
25.43-43.18 80 3.40 134 10
1.701-2.500 2.03
43.21-63.50 80 8
4.19 165
larger
2.501 and larger
63.53 and 2.41 95 6 5.16* 203*
*For cable diameters over 2500 inches (63.50 mm) where greater strength is desired than obtainable with No. 6 BWG (203 mils) or where the
required number of wires exceedsthe capacity of the armoring machine, a No. 4 BWG (238 mils) wire maybe used.

WC 7-88 ‘fi 6470247 0007076 8 1
WC 7-1988
Page 34 K E A S-66-524
DIVISION 111
Round Wire Armor for Buried Cable
exceptastoparticulardetailsexpresslyset forth in the
following sections or as otherwise modified.
O
4.5.24 Scope 4.5.26 Armor wire and Jute Servings (Sheathed
and Nonsheathed Cables)
Division III gives details of construction of armor for
buried land cables where greater longitudinal strength The size of armor wire and thicknessof jute bedding
than that provided by flat tape armor is required, but not shall be in accordancewith Table4-32.
the strength of the regular armor required for sub- The lengthof lay of the armor wires shall be not less
marine service. than three nor more than twelve times their pitch
diameter. This lay shall the armor will
be used such that
4.5.25 General be applied closely without appreciable space between
The requirements of Division I (4.5.3 through 4.5.16) wires. P
pertaining to quality of materials, design, and construc- A jute serving as specified in 4.5.10 shall be applied
tion apply also to buried round wire armored cables, over the armor.
Q

S T D O N E M A WC 7-ENGL L988 h 4 7 0 2 4 7 0513805 33T
ICEA S-66-524 WC 7-1988

Revision%
Page 35
Section 5
ASSEMBLY, FILLERS, AND CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION
8
5.1 ASSEMBLY OF MULTIPLE-CONDUCTOR Ntlmbud

CABLES COD&tctorr F.ctorr for M-um LUI@d t r y +
Multiple-conductor cables shall be assembled in accord- h cab le
ance with Section 5 unless otherwise modified by Section 2 30 times individual conductor
7. diamcta
5.2 MULTIPLE-CONDUCTORROUNDCABLES 3 35 times individual conductor
Where cables consist ofa core of conductors withouta diameta
layer of conductorsova them, the individual conductors 4 40 times individual canductor
shall be cabled together witha left-hand lay. diameta
Where one layer of conductors is involved, the layer
shall have a left-hand lay. Where more than one layea of 5 or 15 times assembled diameter
conductors is involved, the outer layershall have a left- m m
hand lay.
A left-hand lay is defrned as a counterclockwise twist *For conductor asrcmblier wirhouc an o v c d l coverin tbc mrXnaua
lenglhofl.y3ullbe60thnuFhcd¡.maaofIht&;gatmrulued
away h m the observer. calduaor.
Where necessary, the interstices shall be filled to give 5.3 FIAT TWINCABLES
the completed cablea substantially circularcross section
For flat twin cables with diameters over the individual
(see5.4).
conductor of 0.500inch (12.70 mm) or less, filling is not
The length of lay of the individual conductors in the
outer layer of any cable shall not exceed the value calcu-
required. For flat twin cableswithdiametersoverthe
lated from thefactorgiven in thefollowingtable.For
individual conductor of more than 0.500 inch (12.70 mm),
cables with four or less conductors, the individual conduc- filling shall be used to give a substantially flat surface
tor diameter is the calculated overall diameter of the indi-
parallel to the plane of the major axis.
Flat twin cablesare not recommended where the diame-
vidual conductor. For cables with five or more conductors.
ter over the conductor insulation exceeds 1 inch (25.4
the assembled diameteris the calculateddiameter over the
mm).
assembled conductors. When morethan one layer of con-
ductors is involved, the layof the conductors in the inner 5.4 FILLERS
layers shall be governed by the construction of the cabling Fillers of suitable material shall be used in theintemices
machine. of the cable where necessaryto give the completed cable
a substantiallycircular cross section.
5.5 CONDUCTORIDENTIFICATION
5.5.1 Power Cables
When required, conductors shall be identified by any
suitable means.
5.52 Control cables
M g t a p h delucd

S T D - N E M A W C 7-ENGL 19BB bq70247 0 5 1 3 8 0 6 27b
WC 7-1988
Section 6
TESTING AND TEST METHODS
6.1 TESTING 2. W'henpotentialleadsareused,thedistancebetween

All wires and cables shall be tested at the factory to tachpotentialcontactandthecorrespMdinqcurrent
determine their compliance with the requirementsgiven in cantactshaUbeatleastequalto1%timcsthe
Sections2,3,4,5, and 7.When there is a conflict between circumferenceof the specimm.When a Kelvin-type
the test methods given in Section 6 and publications of bridge is used, the yoke resistance (betwas refer-
other organizations to which reference is made, the re- ence standard and test specimen)shall be appecia-
quirements given in Section6 shall apply. blysnallathanthatofehhesthcrcfaenccslandard
Tests shall consist of the following,as required, namely, or tbc test specimen unless a suitable leadcanpen-
(1) tests on samples--see6.2 to 6.13. inclusive, and 6.17 sationisuscd,oritisknownthatthecoilandltad
and 6.18, (2) elecmcal tests on enrirelengths of completed ratiosaresufficialtlybalanoedsothatvariationin
cables-see 6.14 to 6.16, inclusive, and (3) conductor yoke resistance will not &crease the bridge a u -
resistance tests-see 6.3-011 samples or on entire lengths racy below thatgiven in item 4.
of completed cables. 3. The distance between potential electrodes shall be
The test methods described in Section 6 are not com- measured to an accuracy of 0.05 percent To assure
pletely applicable to alltypes of wires and cables, nordo this accuracy in measlrring the length between po-
they include every test applicable to a particular type of tential contacts, theSUrEace in contact with the test
wire and cable. To determine which tests are to be made, specimen shall be a substantially sharp knife edge.
refer to the parts inthispublication that set forth the 4. Resistance measUremMtS shall be made 10 an accu-
requirements to be met by the particular material or type racy of M.15pemt To ensure a correct reading,
of cable. the referencestandard and the test specimen should
6.2 TESTS ON SAMPLES be allowed to come to the same tempaahln as h e
surrounding medium. (Ir the nfaarce smudard is
Tests shall be made onsamples selected at random. Each made of manganin, it is possible to obtain wmct
test sample shall be taken from the accessible end of
readings with the test specimens at r ef
- tan-
different coils or reels.Each coil or reel selected and the
perantres other than m m tanperature)
corresponding sample shall be identified. The number and 5. In all resistance measurements, the mmsuring cur-
lengths of samples shall be as specified under the individ- rent raises the temperature of the medium. 'Ihac
ual tests.
fore, the magnitude of the c m t shall be low, and
6.3 CONDUCTORTEST METHODS the time of its use short enough so that changes in
When samples are measured, they shall be selected in rtsistancecannOtbedet~tc4lwi~thtgalVananeter.
accordance with Table 6-2. 6. In bridge measurements. the potentialconractrcsis-
6.3.1 Method for M3 Resistance Deteminarion tance shall be as low as possible. If low contact
Measurementsshall be made eitheron a sample at least mistance cannot be achieved, appropriate w n m -
mistancecorrectivecircuitsshallbeusedTbelimi-
12 inches (305 mm) long or on the entire length of com-
pleted cable. When the nominal resistance is less than 1
ohm, the matsurement shall be made with a Kelvin-type
nate crmrs due to c o m t potential.
two nadings.
onedirectandoncwithcurremrevasedshallbe
bridge or a potentiometer. When the nominalrtsistance is tairarindireCtsuccession.~~tsmaybemade
1 ohm or m m , the measurement shall be made with a bytumingthcspccim~tndfœatdandtcpeating
Kelvin-type bridge, ora Wheatstone bridge,or a potenti- thettst.Themaoerialusadforthetwopoaential
ometer. COWCtSShallbCdrtSaIllCtOminimiztillhbXd
When measurements are made on a sample, eitha as mtactpotcntials.Lf-t,he"
original measurements or for verification, the following shall be cleamd.
precautions shall be taken:
1. Current contacts shall be made in such a way as to
assure essentially uniform c m t density among
the wires.

S T D = N E M A WC 7-ENGL L988 6 4 7 0 2 4 7 0513782T02 W
ICEA S-66-524 WC 7-1992

Page 37
6.3.2 Methods for Cross-Sectional Area Table 6 1

Determination Factors for Converting Measured DC
Resistance to 25°C (7PF)
6.3.2.1CROSSECTlONAL AREA BY DIAMETER
Tcmpereturc, Multiplying Factor Multiplying Factor
MEASUREMENT
Dtgmsc for Copper for Aluminum
The cross-sectional area shall be calculated as follows:
n O 1.107 1.110
A = 10-3C d: 5 1.084 1.O85
i=1 10 1.061 1.063
Where: 15 1.0.50 1.041
A = cross-sectionalarea in kcmil 20 1.020 1.020
di = diameter of the ith wireinmils determined 25 1
O. OO 1
O. OO
according to 6.3.3.1
n = total number of wires in conductor 30 0.981 0.981
35 0.963 0.962
6.3.2.2CROSSECTIONAL AREABY WEIGHT 40 0.945 0.944
The cross-sectional area shall be determined in ac- 45 0.928 0.927
cordance with ASTMB 263. 50 0.912 0.910
55 0.8% 0.894
6.3.3 Methods for Diameter Determination
60 0.881 0.878
6.3.3.1DIAMETER BY MICROMETERMEASUREMENT 65 O .866 0.863
Diameter measurements shall be made with a 70 0.852 0.849
micrometer or other suitable instrument readable to at 75 0.838 0.835
least O.OOO1 inch. Round wires shall
be measured at each 80 0.825 0.821
end of the sample and near the middle of the sample. 85 0.812 0.808
The average of the three measurements shall be taken 90 0.800 0.796
as the diameter.
Stranded conductors shall be measured around the The correction factors are based upon copper having
circumference of the conductor perpendicular to the 100 percent conductivity and aluminum having61 per-
axis of the conductor and on the extensions of a line cent conductivity. The factors are derived from the
through the center of the conductor and through the formulae:
center of two wires in the outer layer that are 180
R1 = R2 259.5 for copper
degrees apart. The average of three measurementsshall 234.5 T2+
be taken as the diameter.
R1 = R2 253 for
aluminum
6.3.3.2 DIAMETER BY TAPEMEASUREMEM 228 + T2
Where:
A diameter tape readable to at least 0.005 inch shall
R1 = Resistance at 25°C
be wrapped one turn (360") around the circumference
R2 = Measured resistance at test temperature T2
of the conductor, tightly and perpendicular to the axis
of the conductor. The average diameter of the conduc- For more accurate determination of resistance, allow
tor shall beread directly fromthe diameter tape. for different conductivities, see Copper Wire Tables,
National Bureau of Standards Handbook 100 or
Aluminum Wire Tables, National Bureau of Standards
Table 6-2
NUMBER OF SAMPLES
deleted

WC 7-1992 ICEA S-66-524
Page 38
Handbook 109 and ASTM B 193. (This paragraph is 6.4.3.2 MICROSCOPEMEASUREMENTS

approved by NEMA as Authorized Engineering Infor- When a microscope is used, the maximum and mini-
mation.) mum thickness shall be determined from a sDecimen cut
perpendicular to the axis of the sample so as to expose
6.4 TEST SAMPLES AND SPECIMENS FOR
the full cross-section. The average of these determina-
PHYSICAL AND AGINGTESTS
tions shall be taken as the average thickness.
6.4.1
General
6.4.4 Sampling of Insulation for Physical and
Physical and aging tests shall be those required by Aging Tests
Sections 3,4, and 7.
Samples of insulated conductors for the unaged and
6.4.2Number of ThicknessMeasurements agedphysicaltests shall be selected in accordance with
Table 6-4, except that samples for the solvent extraction
When the lot Of wire to be inspected consists Of testshall be selected in accordance with 6.4.13.
coils or reels, or less, at least one determination of the
thickness shall be made on each coil or reel. When the 6.4.5 Sampling of Jacket for Physical and Aging
lotconsists of more than two coils or reels and less than Tests
~~ ~
20 coils or reels, at least one determination of the thick-

Samples of jacketed cable for the unaged and aged
ness shallbe made on each of two coils or reels taken at
physical tests shall be selected in accordance with Table
random. If the lot consistsof 20 or more coils or reek, 6-5. No tests shall be made on jackets less than 30 mils
not less than 10 percent of the coils or reels shall be
(0.76 mm) in thickness.
selected at random and at least one determination of the
thickness shall be made on each coil or reel SO selected. 6.4.6 Number of Test Specimens
In the case of multiple-conductor cables, the measure-
ments shallbe made on the individualconductors before From each of the samples selected in accordance with
6.4.4 and 6.45, test specimens shall be prepared in
they are cabled.
accordance with Table6-6.
Measurement
6.4.3 of Thickness
Table C6
The measurement of thickness for cables with un- Tola1 Num-
bondedcomponentsshallbemade with either a ber of Test
Specimens
micrometer or microscope but, for cables with bonded ~~
components, shallbe made only witha microscope. The For determination of unaged properties
micrometer and microscope shallbe capable of making Tensile strength and ultimate elongation 3t
measurements accurate to at least 0.001 inch.
Permanent set 3t
6.4.3.1 MICROMETERMEASUREMENTS
For accelerated aging tests 3t
When a micrometer is used, the average thicknessof
immersion
the insulation shallbe taken as one-half oil
of the difference For 3t
between the mean of the maximum and minimum Heat shock 1*
diameters over the insulationat one point and the
average diameter over the conductor or any separator Heat distortion 3t
measured at the same point. The minimum thicknessof Cold bend 1*
the insulation shallbe taken as the difference between a
measurement made overthe conductor or any separator Environmental
cracking see 6.10.4
plus the thinnest insulationwall, and the diameter over Absorption coefficient see 6.10.5
the conductor or any separator. The first measurement
shall be made after slicing off the thicker side of the
Striming 1*
~~
insulation. The thickness of any separator shall not be 'For the heat-shock,cold-bend, and stripping tests, only one
included in the thickness of insulation. specimen shall be tested.
If the wire or cable has a jacket, the jacket shall be t o n e test specimen out of three shall be tested and the other two
removed and the minimum and maximum thickness of specimens held in rcsewe, exceptthatwhen only one sample is
the jacket determined dircctly with a micrometer. The selected in accordance with 6.4.4 and 6.43,all three test specimens
average of these determinations shall be taken as the shall be tested, and the averageof the results reported.
average thicknessof the jacket.

WC7-1988
KEA S-66-524 Page 39
Table 6-4
Number and Lengthof Samples
Quantity of Completed
Ordered
Cable Conductor
SizeNumber
of Minimum Length of
of Each Sample
Samples
14 meters kcmil mm2 conductor conductor
feeî meters
Less
than 2OOO Less
than 610 than
Less 250 Less
than 127 none a.. ...
1000
than
Less 305 250 and larger 127 and larger
none ... ...
zooo-a,000 610-15,240 Less than250 Less than 127 1 6 1.8
F 1OOO-25O
, OO 305-7620 250 and larger 127 and larger 1 3 0.9
More than 25,000 More than 7620
v First 25,000 First 7620 250 and larger 127 and larger 1 3 0.9
Each additional Each additional 250larger
127
and and larger 1 3 0.9
7620 25,000
More than 50,000 More than 15,240
First 50,000 First 15,240 than
Less 250 127than
Less 1 6 1.8
Each additional Each additional
than
Less 250 127
than
Less 1 6 1.8
15,240 50,000
Table &5
Number and Lengthof Samples
Quantity
Completed
of Cable Ordered Nominal
Overall
Diameter
Cable
of Number " m u m Length
of
Each of Sample
Samples
feet meters inches cable mm feet cable
meters
Less than 2OOO Less than610 Less than1.0 Less than25.4 none ... ...
Less than 1000 Less than 305 1.0 and larger 25.4 and larger none a.. ...
2000-50,000 610-15,240 Less than1.0 Less than25.4 1 6 1.8
1O00-25,000 305-7620 1.0 and larger but 25.4 and larger but
less than2.0 less than50.8 1 3 0.9
2.0 and larger 50.8 and larger 1 2 0.6
D More than 50,000 More than 15,240
First 50,000 First 15,240 Less than1.0 Less than25.4 1 6 1.8
Each additional Each additional Less than1.0 Less than25.4 1 6 1.8
50,000 15,240
More than 25,000 More than 7,620
First 25,000 First 7620 1.0 and larger but 25.4 and larger but 1 3 0.9
less than2.0 less than50.8
Each additional Each additional 1.0 and larger but 25.4 and largerbut 1 3 0.9
25,000 7620 less than2.0 less than50.8
More than 25,000 More than 7620
First 25,000 First 7620 2.0 and larger 50.8 and larger 1 2 0.6
Each additional Each additional 2.0 and larger 50.8 and larger 1 2 0.6
25,m 7620

-
W C 7-88
1 6470247 0009L02 T r
WC 7-1988
6.4.7 Size of Specimens insulation. The height of the segment is the wall of
The test specimens shall be prepared using either insulation on theside from which the slice is taken.
ASTM D412 Die B or E with specimenlength not less When the cross-section of the slice is not a segmentof
than 6 inches (152 mm) or ASTM D412 Die C or D with a circle,the area shall be calculated from a direct meas-
specimen length not less than 4.5 inches (114 mm). urement of the volume or from the specific gravity and
In the case of wire and cable smaller thansize 6 AWG the weight of a known length of the specimen having a
having an insulation thicknessof 90mils (2.29 mm) or less, uniform cross-section.
thetestspecimenshallbepermittedtobetheentiresection The values may be obtained from a table giving the
of the insulation. Whenthe full cross-section is used, the areas of segments of a unit circle for the ratio of the
specimensshallnotbecutlongitudinally.1nthecaseofwire height of the segment to the diameter of the circle. (This
and cable size6AWG and larger, or in the case of wire and paragraph is approved by NEMA as Authorized En-
cable smaller than size 6 AWG havingan insulation thick- gineering Information,) ).
nessgreaterthan90mils(2.Bmm),specimensrectangular
6.4.10.3 When the conductor is large and the insula-
in sectionwithcross-section
a not greater than0.025 square
tion thin and when a portion of a sector of a circle has
inch (16 mm2) shallbe cut from the insulation.In extreme
to betaken, the areashall be calculated as thethickness
cases, it may be necessary to use a segmental specimen.
times the width.
(This sentenceis approved by NFMA as Authorized En-
gineering Information.) This applies either to a straight test piece or to one
stamped out with a die and assumes that corrugations
Specimensfor test onjacket compoundsshallbe taken
from the completed wire or cable and cut parallel to the have been removed. (This paragraph is approved by
NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information,)
axis of the wire or cable. The test specimen shall be a
segment cut with asharp knife or a shaped specimencut 6.4.10.4 When the conductor is large and the insula-
out with adie and shall have a cross-sectional area not tion thickand when aportion of a sector of a circle has
greater than 0.025 square inch (16 mm2) after ir- to betaken, the areashall be calculated as thepropor-
regularities, corrugations, and reinforcing cords or tional part of the area of the total cross-section.
wires havebeen removed.
6.4.8 Preparation of Specimens of Insulation
6.4.10.5 The dimensions of specimensto beaged shall
be determined before the aging test.
0
and Jacket
The test specimen shall haveno surface incisions and 6.4.11PhysicalTestProcedures
shall be as free as possible from other imperfections. See 6.4 for 'Est Samples and Specimens.
Where necessary, surface irregularitiessuch as corruga-
tions due to stranding, and such, shall be removed so 6.4.1 1.I TEST TEMPERATURE
that the test specimen will be smooth and of uniform Physical tests shall be made at a room temperature not
thickness. less than 20°C (68°F)nor more than 28°C (82.4"F).The
test specimens shall be kept at room temperature for not
6.4.9 Specimen for Accelerated Aging Test less than 30 minutes prior to thetest.
Specimens shallnot be heated, immersed in water, nor I
subjected to any mechanicalor chemical treatment not 6.4.1 1.2 m P E OF TESTING MACHINE
specifically described in this standard. The testing machine shall
be in accordance with 6.1 of
ASTM D412.
6.4.10 Calculation of Area of Test Specimens
6.4.1 1.3 TENSILE STRENGTH TEST
6.4.10.1 Where the total cross-section of the insula-
tion is used, the area shall be taken as the difference The tensile strength test shall be made with specimens
between the area of the circle whose diameter is the prepared in accordance with 6.4.6 and 6.4.7.The length
average outside diameter of the insulation and the area of all of the specimens for the test shall be equal. Gauge
of the conductor. The areaof a stranded conductor shall marks shall be 2 inches (50.8 mm) when using 6 inch
be calculated from its maximum diameter. (152.4mm) specimens and 1 inch (25.4mm) apart when
using 4.5 inch (114.3mm) specimens exceptthat 1 inch
6.4.10.2 Where a slice cut from the insulation by a (25.4 mm) gauge marks shallbe used for polyethylene
knife held tangent to the wire is used and when the regardless of specimen length. Specimens shall be
cross-section of the slice of the cross-section of a seg- placed in the jaws of the testing machine with amaxi-
ment of a circle, the area shall be calculated as that of mum distance between jaws of 4 inches (101.6 mm)
the segment of a circle whose diameter is that of the except 2.5 inches (63.5 mm) for polyethylene. The

STDmNEMA WC 7-ENGL L988
ICEA S66-524 WC 7-1992

Page 41
specimen shall be stretched atthe rate of 20 inches (508 6.4.12Aging Tests

mm) per minute jaw speeduntil it breaks.
The tensile and elongation determinations for com- 6.4.12.1 AGING TESTSPECIMENS
pounds for which the compoundmanufacturer certifies Test Specimens of similar size and shape shall be
that the base resin content is more than 50 percent by prepared from each sample selectedin accordance with
weight ofhip density polyethylene (having a density of 6.4.4 and 6.4.5, three for the determinationof the initial
0.926 Mglm or greater), or total base pol ethylene resin or unaged properties,andthree for each agingtest
content (having a density of 0.926 Mg/mYor greater), or required for thë insulation or jacket being tested. One
total base polyethylene resin content (having a density specimen of each threeshall be tested andthe other two
of 0.926 Mg/m3 or greater), shall be permitted to be held as spares except that, where only one sample is
tested at a jaw separationrate of 2 inches (51 mm) per selected, all three specimens shall be tested and the
minute as an alternate 20 to inches (508 mm)per minute. average of the results reported.
Specimensshallbreak between the gauge marksand the In the case of wire and cable smaller than 6 AWG
tensile strength shall be calculated on the area of the having an insulation thickness less than 90 mils(2.29
unstretched specimen. Specimen length, gauge mark dis- mm), the insulation shall be subjected to theaging con-
tance, and jaw speed shall be recorded with the results. dition with the conductor removed and each end of the
specimen suitably pluBed.
6.4.11.4 SET TEST In the case of wire and cable 6 AWG and larger or with
The set test shall be made on an unstretched test an insulation thickness of 90 mils (2.29 mm) or greater,
specimen having a length of not less than 6 inches (152 samples shall be cut from the insulation with a cross-sec-
mm) and marked with gauge marks 2 inches (50.8 mm) tion not greater than 0.025 square inch (16 mm2).
apart. The specimenshall be placed in the jaws of the Die-cut specimens shall be smoothed before being
testing machine with a maximum distance between jaws subjected to the accelerated aging tests wherever the
of 4 inches (102 mm) and shall be stretched at the rate thickness of the specimen will be 90 mils (2.29 mm) or
of 20 inches (508 mm) per minute (jaw speed) until the greater before smoothing.
gauge marks are 6 inches (152mm) apart. The test Simultaneous aging of different compounds should be
specimen shall be held in the stretched position for 5 avoided. (This sentence is approved by NEMA as Auth-
seconds, and thedistance betweengauge marks shall be orized Engineering Information.)
determined 1 minute after the release of tension. The The test specimens shall be suspended vertically in
set is thedifferencebetween this distanceand the such a manner that they are not in contact with each
original 2 inch (50.8 mm) gauge length, expressed as a other or with the sideof the oven.
percentage. The aged specimens shall have a rest period of not less
than 16 hours nor more than 96 hours between the
6.4.11.5ELONGATION TEST completion of the aging tests and the determination of
Elongation at rupture shall be determined simul- physical properties. Physical tests on both the aged and
taneously with the test for tensile strength and on the unaged specimens shall be made at approximately the
same specimen. same time.
The elongation shall be taken as the distance between
gauge marks and ruptureless 2 inches (50.8 mm), except 6.4.12.2OXYGEN PRESSURETEST
1 inch (25.4 mm) for polyethylene (the original gauge Paragraph deleted.
length of the test specimen). The percentage of elonga-
tion at ruptureis the elongation in inches divided by the 6.4.12.3 AIR O V E N TEST
original gauge length and multiplied by 100. Specimen The test specimens shall be heated at the required
length, gauge mark distance, and jaw speed shall be temperature for the specified period in an oven having
reported with results. forced circulation of fresh air. The oven temperature
shall be recorded automatically on a chart, andcontrol-
6.4.1 1.6 TENSILE STRESS
TEST led to 21°C.
The tensile stress test shall be made in conjunction
with the tensile strength test by recording the load when 6.4.12.4 OIL IMMERSION
TESTFOR CROSS-LINKED
the gauge marks indicate that the specimen is at its (THERMOSET) JACKET
prescribed elongation. The tensile stress shall be calcu- The test specimens shall be completely immersed in
lated in accordance with ASTM D412. The tensile stress ASTM Oil No. 2, described in Table 1of ASTM D471,
shall be calculatedon the area of theunstretched at 12loC+1"Cfor 18 hours. The specimens shall then be
specimen. removed from the oil, blotted lightly to remove excess

~~
~~ ~
S T D - N E M A WC 7-ENGL 3 9 8 8 m 6470247 0533785 7 1 1
WC 7-1 992 ICEA S66-524

Page 42
oil, and suspended in air at room temperature for 4 6.4.15.2TESTSPECIMENS

hours, 4tcL hour, after which they shall be tested for For each test, three test specimens, each approximate-
tensile strength and elongation.
The calculations for tensilestrength shall be based on 3
ly 6 inches (152 mm long and not greater than 0.025
square inch (16 mm ) in cross-section, shallbe cut out
the cross-sectionalarea of the specimen obtained before of the test sample with a die. All three test specimens
immersion in oil. Likewise, the elongation shall be based shall be tested and the results averaged.
on the gauge marks applied to the specimen before
immersion inthe oil. 6.4.15.3 ELONGATION
6.4.12.5 OIL lMMERslON TESTFOR POLYVINYL
This test shall be conducted in accordance with 6.4.11
CHLORIDE JACKET and 6.4.12.
The test specimens shall be immersed in ASTM Oil 6.4.15.4 B R ~ E N E S TEST
S
No. 2, described in Table 1of ASTM D 471, at 70°C This test shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM
1°C for 4 hours. At the end of this time,the specimens
D746,using Specimen A.
shall be removed fromthe oil, blotted to remove excess
oil, and allowed to rest at room temperature for aperiod 6.4.16 Retests for Physical and Aging Properties
of 16 to % hours. The tensile strength and elongation of and Thickness
the specimens shall then be determined in accordance If any test specimen failsto meet the requirements of
with 6.4.11 at the same time that the origina1properties any test, either before or after aging, that test shall be
are determined. repeated on two additional specimens taken from the
6.4.13 Hot CreepTest same sample. Failure of either of the additional
specimens shall indicate failure of the sample to con-
The
hot
creep
test
shall
be
determined in form to this standard.
accordance with ICEA PublicationT-28-562.When If the thickness of the insulation or of the jacket of any
samples
are
measured,they
shall
be
selected
in coil or reel is found to be less than the specified value,
accordance with NEMA Standards PublicationNo. W C that coil or reel shall be considered as not conforming
54ACEA T-26-465, Plan D. to this standard, and a thicknessmeasurement on each
of the remaining coilsor reels shallbe made.
6.4.1 4 Solvent Extraction
When ten or more samples are selected from any
Thesolvent
extraction
shall
be
determined
in single lot, all coils or reels shall be considered as not
accordance withASTM D2765 conforming to this standard if more than 10 percent of
the samples fail to meet the requirements for physical
6.4.15 Physical Test for Semiconducting
and aging properties and thickness. If 10 percent or less
Material Intended for Extrusion
fail, each coil or reel shall be tested and shall be judged
6.4.15.1 TESTSAMPLE upon the results of such individual tests. Where the
number of samples selected in any single lotis less than
One test sample shall be molded from each lot of ten, allcoils or reels shall be considered as not conform-
semiconducting material intended for extrusion onthe ing to this standard if more than 20 percent of the
cable. samples fail. If 20 percent or less fail, each coil, reel, or
length shall be tested and shall be judged upon the
results of such individual tests.
6.5 CAPACITY AND POWER

FACTOR
TESTS
6.5.1 This testisapplicableonlytopowercables
rated 5001 voltsandabove. The test sample shall be
taken from the insulated
conductor
prior
to
the
application any
of coverings.
When samples
are
measured,theyshallbeselectedinaccordancewith
NEMA Standards PublicationNo. WC 54/ICEA T-26-
465, Plan E. The gross length of each sample shall be
13 feet (3.96 meters) for cables rated 15,000 volts and
less an 17feet(5.18meters)forcablesratedabove
15,000 volts.

STD=NEMA WC 7-ENGL3788h4702470533786 658
ICEA S66-524 WC 7-1 992

Page 43
6.5.2 The capacity and power factor shall be measured

on suitable 60 Hz equipment after the test sample has
been immersed in waterat room temperature for at least
24 hours. The measurements shall be made at the rated
voltage to ground of the cable undertest.
6.6 ACCELERATED WATER
ABSORPTION TESTS
6.7 THICKNESS OF TAPES
Deleted. 6.7.1 Compound-Fill4 Tape
Compound-filled tape, when not bondedto the insula-
tion, shall be removed from no less than 6 inches (152
mm) of the insulated conductor or assembled core. The
thickness of the tapeshall be determinedby means of a
dial micrometer having a presser foot 0.25 inch (6.35
mm)+.0.01 inch (2.54 mm) in diameter and exerting a
total force of 3.020.1 ounces (8523 grams), the load
being applied by means of a weight. Fivereadings shall
be taken at different points on the sample, and the
average of these readings shall be taken as the thickness
of the tape.
6.7.2 Metallic Shielding Tape or Steel Tape
Metallic shielding tape or steel tapeshall be removed
from no less than 6 inches (152 mm) of the insulated
conductor orassembled core. The thickness of the tape
shall be determined by means of a dial micrometer
having a presser foot 0.25 inch (6.35 mm)+0.01 inch in
diameter and exerting a total force of 3.020.1 ounces
(8523 grams), the load being applied by means of a
weight. Five readings shall be taken at different points
on the sample, and the average of these readings shdl
be taken as the the thickness of the tape.
6.8 THICKNESS OF METALLIC SHEATHS
The thickness of the sheath shall be determined by
measurements made with a micrometer caliper having
arounded anvil. The measurements shall be made
directly on two specimens of the sheath removed from
the cable, one from each endof the reellength. At least
five separatemeasurements, approximately equally
spaced around the circumference, shall be made on
each specimen, and theaverage of all the measurements
on the two specimens shall be considered as the average
thickness of the sheath, The minimum of all of the
measurements obtainedshall be considered as the min-
imum thickness of the sheath.
Specimens of the sheath shall be free from external
mechanical injury, not less than 3 inches (76.2 mm) long,
with the endscut perpendicular to theaxis, and shall be
taken before the cable is shipped.

~~
S T D - N E M A WC 7-ENGL L988 m 6470247 0533787 5 9 4 m
WC 7-1992 ICEA S66-524

Page 44
6.9 THICKNESS OF JUTE BEDDINGS AND the endof this period, the thickness, T2, shall be read on
SERVINGS the dial of the gauge. The distortion shall becalculated
The thickness of jute bedding under the armor shall as
be determined by the use of a diameter tape and shall Distortion,percent - T1-T2 x
be considered as Yi of the difference in the measure- T1
ments under and over the serving. The measurement in
each case shall be the average offive readings taken at 6.10*3 COM Bend
different points along the serving. The test specimen shall be subjected to the specified
temperature for 1 hour and then bent 180 degrees
6.10 TESTS FOR THERMOPLASTIC JACKETS around a mandrel having a diameter in accordance with
Table 6-9 immediately upon its removal from the cooling
6.10.1Heat Shock chamber. The bend shall be made at a uniform rate, and
S a P l e s (see 6e4.5) of Polyvinyl-chloride-jacketed the time required shall net exceed 1minute.
wire or cable shall be wound tightlyaround a mandrel Table 6-9
having a diameter in accordance with Table 6-8, held
firml;in place, and subjected to a temperature of Outside Diameter of Wire orCable Diameter or Mandrel as a
Multiple of the Outside
12l0C21"Cfor 1hour. inches mm Diameter of Cable
eat 6.10.2 0-20.32 0-0.800 8

6.1 0.2.1 TESTSPECIMEN 0.801 and over 20.35 and over 10
A sample ofthe jacketapproximately 8 inches (203, 6.10.4 Environmental cracking
mm) long shall be prepared to have a thickness of 50
*
*lo mils(1.27 0.254 mm) andsmoothsurfaces.From Except as otherwise Specified in 6.10.4.1 and 6.10.4.2,
this sample,testspecimens(see6.4.5) 1 inch(25.4 this test shallbe made in accordance withASTMD1693.
mm) longand9/16inch(14.3 mm) 21/16inchwide 6.10.4.1TEST SPECIMEN
shall be prepared. Where the diameter of the cable does
not permit thepreparation of a specimen9/16inch The number and length of samples shall be selected in
(14.3 mm) wide, a moldedsheetofthesamecompound accordance with 6.4.5. Three testspecimensap-
used. be may proximately 1.5 inches (38.1 mm) long, 0.5 inch (12.7
The
thickness of thespecimen, Tl,shall be mm) wide, and 0.125 inch (3.18 mm) thick from each
measured with a Randall & Stickney gauge, or sample shall be molded from material taken from the
equivalent,having a 318 inch(9.5 mm) foot withno completedcable. Thetemperature of the molded
loadingotherthanthe 85 grams of
the gauge. specimens shall be lowered at any suitable rate. A slit
made with a razor blade, approximately0.75 inch (19.0
6.10.2.2
TEST
PROCEDURE mm) long and from 0.020 to 0.025 inch (0.51 to 0.64 mm)
The followingsteps shall be completed in three hours. deep, shall be centrally located on one of the 1.5 inch by
The Randell & Stickney gauge, or equivalent, with a 0.5 inch (38.1by12.7 mm) surfaces.
load of2OOO grams on the foot shall be placed in an oven
which
is preheated to the specified temperature. At the PRoCEDURE
end of 1hour, the test specimen shall be placed in the The specimensshall be bent with the slit on the outside
oven,and both the gauge and the test specimen shall and placed in a test tube 200 mm long and 32 mm in
remain in the oven for 1hour. At the end of this 1-hour outside diameter. The cracking agent (Igepal CO-630,
period, the specimen shall be placed directly under the made by the GAF Corporation, or its equivalent) shall
foot of the gauge and allowed to remain in the oven be added to completelycover the specimen. The test
under load for 1hour at the specified temperature. At tube, suitably closedby means such as foil-covered cork,
Table 6-8
Outside Diameter of Wire or Cable Diameir of Mandrel as a MuÏtiple of
Number of Adjacent Turns lhe Outside Diameter of Cable
incha mm
M.750 Ck19.05 6 3 .
19.08-38.10 0.751-1.500 180-degreebend 8
1.501 and larger 38.13 and larger 180-degreebend 12

WC 7-1988
0 shall be placedinanovenat 5O"Cfl"Cfor 48 hours. At

the end of this period,the specimens shallbe removed,
Table 6-10
Conductor Size, Diameter of Mandrel as a Mulliple
allowed to cool to room temperature, and inspected for AWG or kcmil of lhe Oulside Diameter Cable
of
cracking.
8-2 6
6.10.5 Absorption Coefficient Test for Jackets 1-310 8
The number and length in
of samples shall be selected 4/0-500 10
accordance with 6.4.5. Three test specimens shall be
taken from each sample. One test specimen out of three Over 500 12
shall be tested, and the other two specimens held in The sample shallbe mounted withthe apex of the U
reserve, except that when only one sample is selected in above and in contact with a smooth metal plate and with
L accordance with 6.4.5, all three test
specimens
shall be the legs of the U perpendicular to the plate. After not
tested and the average of the results reported the ab- less than30minutes nor more than 45 minutes following
sorption coefficientof polyethylene jacket compounds the bending,a source of 60 Hz ac potential of 125 volts
c shall be determinedinaccordance with ASTM D 3349.
per mil of nominal insulation thickness shall be applied
6.1 1 TESTS FOR DISCHARGERESISTANCE between the conductor and the metal plate.
This poten-
tial shallbe maintained continuouslyfor at least 6 hours.
6.11.1
General This test shall be made at room temperature.
The samples shall be taken fromthe completed cable. 6.11.4TrackResistance
No sample shallbe taken fromthe first 5000 feet (1524
meters). One sample shallbe taken fromthe fvst 5001 6. I1.4.1 METHOD A
to 20,000 feet (1524 to 6096 meters) of each cable con- The track resistance shallbe determined in accord-
struction and one additional sample for each additional ance with ASTM D2132 modified as follows:
100,OOO feet (30,480meters). 1. Three test specimens of insulated conductor, each
6.1 1.2 Specific Surface Resistivity. 5lh inches (140 mm) long, shallbe used.
O A sample of the completed cable of suitable length
shallbe immersed, except for the ends, in water at room
2. Seven electrodesshall be appliedtoeachtest
specimen, with 344 a inch (19 mm) minimum space
betweeneachelectrode. Each electrode shall
temperature for 48 hours. Atthe end of this period, the consist of at least one turnof a 12 AWG coated
sample shall be removed from the water. The excess copper wire wrapped tightly around the insulated
surface moisture shall be wiped off withblotting paper conductor.
and the sample allowedto remain at room temperature 3. Three test specimens shallbe placed horizontally
for 10 minutes. Tho 1 inch-(25.4 mm-) wide foil elec- in the test chamber at right angles tothe axis of
trodes shallbe wound around the cable surface with a 6 the spray and equidistant from the nozzle. The
inch (152mm) spacing. A250-500 volt dc potential shall upper half of each specimen shall be dusted. The
be applied between the two electrodes and the resis- dust shall then be removed for approximately a
tance shallbe measured in accordance withASTM D V32-inch (0.79-mm) width immediately adjacent
3 257. The specific surface
resistivity
shall be calculated to both sidesof the three electrodes thatare to be
by the following formula: energized.
P = 0.524 RD 4. The end electrodes, eachalternate electrode and
b
Where - the conductor in eachtestspecimenshall be
P = Specific surface resistivity. grounded. A 60 Hz potential shall be applied to
R = Surface resistancein megohms per 6-inch spac- the remaining three electrodes of each specimen.
ing. 5. The test potential shall be raised to1500volts and
D = Cable diameter in inches. the fog deposits adjusted to give a current be-
tween 4 and 10 milliamperes. Failure occurs when
6.11.3U-BendDischarge the circuit breaker trips.
B
A sample of the completed cable shall be bent, in theNOTE-For further information, see IEEETransactions on Power
form of a U, 180 degrees around a mandrelhaving a Apparatus and Systems, Volume 84,1965, p. 815 (paper 31 TP6),
diameter in accordance with Table6-10. Discharge Resistant Characteristics of Polyethylenes for Wire and
Cable by E. K. Duffy, S. Jovanovitch, and I.J. Marwick. (For the
purposes of N E M A , this note is approved as Authorized Engineering
Information).

WC 7-1988
6.11.4.2 METHOD B Where -

The track resistance shallbe determined in accord- P = Volume resistivity in ohms-meters.
ance with the following: R = Measured resistance inohms.
1. The test specimen shallbe a strip approximately D = Diameter overthe conductor stress control layer
2 inches(50.8 mm) long and at least 60 mils (1.52 in inches.
mm)thick and shallbe taken fromthe outside of d = Diameter overthe conductor in inches.
the insulation. The conductor shield shall be L = Distance between potential electrodes in inches.
removed. 6.12.3InsulationShield
2. An electrode shall be attachednear one endof the
specimen andto the surface thatwas the outside Four silver-painted annular-ring electrodes shall be
surface of the insulation. applied to the surfaceof the insulation shield layer.The
3. The specimen shallbe immersed in an 0.1 percent two potential electrodes shall be at least 2 inches (50.8
solution of ammonium chlorideat ground poten- mm)apart. A current electrode shall be placed at least .
tial untilthe electrode contactsthe surface of the 1 inch(25.4mm)beyondeachpotentialelectrode.
solution and then withdrawn 1inch (25.4mm) of h e n a high degree ofaccuracy is notrequired,thistest s
its immersed length. This procedure shall be may be made with only two electrodes spaced at least 2
repeated four times per minute for a minimum of inches (50.8 mm) apart.
ten cycles and a maximum of fifty cyclesor until The power of the test circuit shall not exceed 100
failure occurs, Failure occurs when arc isanmain- milliwatts. The test shall be made at the specified
tained for two successive cycles between the temperature with either ac or dc voltage.
electrode and solution across 1inch ofspecimen. The voltage resistivity shall
be calculated as follows:
4. A 60 Hz test potential shall be applied to the 2R(D2-d2)
P=
electrode attached to the specimen. The tracking 100L
voltage isthe voltage at which no failures occur Where -
on
five consecutive test specimens. P = Volume resistivity in ohm-meters.
NOTE-For further information, see IEEETransactions on Electri- R = Measured resistance inohms.
cal Insulation, December 1967, Vol. EI-2, No.3, p. 137 (Paper 31 D = Diameterover the insulationshieldlayerin
TP66-360)Dip-TrackTest
, byC.F. Wallaceand C.A. Bailey.(Forthe inches.
purposes of NEMA, this noteis approvedas Authorized Engineering d = Diameter over the insulation in inches,
Information).
L = Distance between potential electrodes in inches.
6.12 VOLUME RESlSTlMTY
6.12.4StrippingTest
6.12.1TestSample Test samples and specimens shallbe selected in ac-
One sample shall be taken from each lot or from eachcordance with lhbles 6-5 and 6-6. The test specimen
25,000 feet of completed cable, whichever is less. shall be approximately 15inches (381 mm) long, and all
coverings over the extruded insulation shield shall be
6.12.2ConductorStressControl removed.
The samples shallbe cut in half longitudinally theand Starting at one end, two parallel longitudinal cutsM
conductor removed.Foursilver-painted electrodes inch (12.7 mm) apart and not less than12 inches (305
shall be applied to the conductor stress control layer. mm) long shall be made throughthe insulation shield.
The two potential electrodes shallbe at least 2 inches The specimen shall be rotated 180 degrees and two
(50.8 mm) apart. A current electrode shall be placed atidentical cuts shall be made starting from the same end.
least 1inch (25.4mm) beyond each potential electrode. Each M inch (12.7mm) strip shall be peeled back from
When a high degree of accuracy is not required, this the test cut end for a distance of 2 inches(50.8 mm),
may be made with only twoelectrodes spaced at least 2 The specimen shall be mounted horizontally in a test-
inches (50.8 mm) apart. ing machine and secured at each end. The 2 inch(50.8
The powerof the test circuit shall not exceed 100 mm) end of the peeled strip shall be gripped in the
milliwatts. The test shall be made at the specified testing machine in sucha manner that it can be pulled
temperature with either ac or dc voltage. at an angle of 90 degrees tothe cable axis.
The volume resistivity shallbe calculated as follows: Each strip shall be peeled the from
cable at a constant
speed not exceedingM inch (12.7 mm) per second for a
R(D2-d2) distance of not less than 10 inches mm).
(254
P= The angle of pull shall be maintained as close as
l00L
possible to90 degrees throughoutthe test.

ICEA S-66-524 WC 7-1988
Revision 2
Page 47
The tensionnecessary to remove thestrip shall be moni- s t a n d a r d If both such second samples
pass the test,the lot
tared continuously, and the minimum value shall be re- of cable (exceptthelength representedby the fmt sample),
corded. shall be considered as meeting the requirements of this
6.125 FlameTest Standard.
Paragraph deleted. 6.133 Failure of any sample shall not preclude resun-
pling and retesting the l e n g t h of cable from which the
6.12.5.1
Miglnal sample was taken.
Paragraph deleted
6.13a TEAR TEST
6.12.5.2 TheteartestshaIlbemadeonaminimurnofsixindivid-
Paragraph deleted ual test specimens prepared as follows:
6.1 2.5.3 Eachspecimenshallbecutwithasharpknifeordie.
After irregulars,cuxrugarions, and reinforcing cords or
Paragraph deleted.
wireshave~nremoved~htestspecimenshallhanthe
6.13 RETESTS FOR TESTS ON SAMPLES dimensions shown in Figure 6-1, shall be not m#t than
t e s t s ” 6.4.16.
Except physical and aging 0.150 inch (3.81 mm) and not lessthan 0.040 inch (1.02
mm) thick. Specimens shall be cut longitudinally with a
6.13.1 If all of thesamplespasstheapplicable tests new razor blade to apoint 0.150 inch (3.81 mm) fmm the
described in6.5 through 6.12 and 6.17 and 6.18, the lotof wider end.
shall be considered as meeting the
cable that they represent The two halves of the split end of the testspecimen shall
requirements of this srandard. be placed in the jawsof the testing machine and the jaws
separated at a rateof 20 inches (508 mm) +lo percent per
6.13.2 If any sample fails to pass these tests, the length
minute. Thetearresistance shall be determined by dividing
of cable from which thesample was taken shallbe consid-
theload in pounds required to tear the section by the
ered as not meeting the requirementsof this srandard and
thickness of the test specimen in inches. The average of
another sample shallbe taken from each of the two other
the results obtained on alltest specimens shall be consid-
lengths of the cable in the lotof cable under test If either
ered as the value of the tear resistance.
of the second samplesfails to pass thetest, the lot of cable
shall be considered as not meeting the requirements of this
Rwr, 6 1
TEST SPECIMEN FOR TEAR TEST

WC 7-1988 ICEA s-66-524
Revision%
Page 48
6.13a.l Retests 6.14.2 AC Vottage lest
When the tearresistance of thefmt set of six specimens Thistestshallbemadewithanaltematingpotentialfrom
fails to meet the requirements, two additional sets of six a transformer and generator of ample capacity but in no
specimens shall be tested. Failure of either of the additional caseless than 5 ha.The frequency of the test voltage shall
sels of specimens shall indicate failure of the sample to benominallybetween25and60Hzandshallhaveawave
conform with this Standard. shape approximatinga sine wave as closely as possible.
ELECTRICAL TESTSON COMPLETED CABLES The initially appliedac test voltage shall be not gream
than the rated ac voltage ofthe cable u n&test.
6.14 VOLTAGE TESTS The duration of theac voltage test shall te 5 minutes.
6.14.1 General 6.143 DC Vottage Test
These tests consist of voltage tests on each length of This test is applicableto cables without insulationshield
completed cable. Except for the dc spark test and the ac rated up through 5000 volts and to all cables rated 5001
spark test, the voltage shall be applied between the con- volts and above and shall be made after the insulation
ductor or conductors and the metallic sheath, metallic resistance test &scribed in 6.15. The quipment for the dc
shield, metallic armor, or water, and the rate of increase voltage test shall consist of a baaery, generatorar suitable
fromthe initially appliedvoltagetothespecifiedtest rectifying equipment andshall be of ample capacity.
voltage shall be approximately uniform and shall be not The initially applied dc voltage shall be not greater than
more han 100 percent in 10 seconds nor less than 100 3.0 times the rami ac voltage of the cable.
percent in 60 seconds.

STDaNEMA WC 7-ENGL 1988 D 6470247 0513788 420
ICE3 S-66-524
WC 7-1992
Page 49
The durationof the dcvoltage test shall be 15 minutes F = Frequency in Hertz.

for cables with insulation shield and 5 minutes for cables EL = Electrode length in inches.
without insulation shield. 2. EquivalentMetricFormulaforDetermining
Maximum Speed of Cable
6.14.4 AC Spark Test
MS = ~ S O X F X E L
6.14.4.1 APPLICATION Where -
This test shall apply to single-conductor cable and MS = Maximum speed in meters per minute.
assemblies of single-conductor cables rated O through F = Frequency in Hertz.
2000 volts. EL = Electrode length in millimeters.
This test shall not apply to:
1. Multiconductor cables other than assemblies of 6.14.4.4 FAILURE
single-conductor cables; Any indication by the fault indicator shall constitute a
2. Cables with insulation shield; failure.
3. Cables with metallic sheath or armor;
4. Assemblies containing uninsulated conductors; 6.14.5 DC Spark Test
and/or This test is applicable to single-conductor cables and
5. Cables rated above 2000 volts. assemblies of insulated single-conductor cables without
insulation shield and without metallic sheath or metaILic
6.14.4.2TEST APPARATUS armor ratedO through 2000volts. The equipment for the
The test apparatus shall consist of dc spark test shall consist of a dc sparker of ample
1. A source of single-phase ac potential capable of voltage and a suitable electrode. The sparker shall be
maintaining the requiredvoltage under all normal capable of maintaining the specified test voltage under
leakage current conditions; all normal conditions of leakage current. The voltage
2. Anelectrodecapable of maintaining contact, shall be applied between the outside surface of the cable
throughout its length, with the periphery of the and the conductor(s)for not less than 0.05 second. The
cable under test; conductor(s) shall be grounded.
3. A means of measuring voltage between electrode The electrode shall make contact with the entire ex-
and ground; and/or posed surface of a single-conductor cable and of an
4. A means of indicating a fault (failure). assembly of twisted single-conductor cables.
Where anassembly of twisted single-conductor cables
6.14.4.3 TESTPROCEDURE is subjected to the dc spark test, the individual conduc-
One side of the potential sourceshall be connected to tors shall be similarly tested prior to assembly.
the electrode and the other side of the potential source
6.14.6 Cables Without Metallic Sheath, Metallic
shaU be connected to ground. The conductor(s) in the
Shield, 01 Metallic Armor
cable shall be tested assure
to continuitywhengrounded
at one or both ends. All ground connections shall be Except for the dc spark test (see 6.14.5) and the ac
bonded (common). The fault indicator shall be con- spark test (see 6.14.4),single-conductor cables of this
nected to indicate abnormal current between electrode type which are twisted together intoan assembly of two
and ground. or more conductors without an overall jacket or cover-
After thespecified voltage is applied, the entirelength ing shall be immersed in water for at least 1 hour; all
of cable shall bepassed through theelectrode in a other single-conductor and multiple-conductor cables
manner and at a speed such thatevery section of cable of this type shall be immersed in water for at least 6 hours
surface will have maintained electrode contact for not and testedwhile stillimmersed. Each insulated conduc-
less than 18 positive and negative voltage crests. tor shall be tested against all other conductors con-
The maximum speed of the cable under test may be nected to the groundedwater tanks.
determined in either U.S. customary units or in metric
equivalents as follows (Thisparagraph has been approved 6.14.7 Cables with Metallic Sheath, Metallic
Shield, or Metallic Armor
by NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information.):
1. U.S. Customary Units Formula for Determining All cables of this type shall be testedwith the metallic
Maximum Speed of Cable sheath, shield or armor grounded, without immersion in
water, at the test voltage specified. For cables having a
MS = .%xFxEL
metallic sheath, shield, or armor over the individual
Where- conductor(s), the test voltage shall be applied between
MS = Maximum speed in feet per minute. the insulated conductor(s) and ground. For muitiple-

WC 7-1992 ICEA S-66-524
Page 50
R = KlOglO
D
-
d
Where-
conductor cableswith nonshielded individual conductors R = Insulation resistancein megohms-1000 feet.
having a metallic sheath, shield,or armor over the cable K = Constant for the grade of insulation.
assembly, the test voltage shall be applied between each (See Part 3)
insulated conductorand all other conductorsand ground D = Diameter-over the insulation.
6.14.8 Vottage Jests after lnstalbtion d = Diameter under the insulation.
If voltage tests are made after installation, they shall If thetemperatureatthetime of measurement
be made immediately. The test voltage shall be a dc
differs from 15.6"C (60°F),theinsulationresistance
voltage as given in Table 6-11 and shall be applied in
shall
be
corrected
to
that
at 15.6"C (60°F) by
accordance with 6.14.1 and 6.143.
multiplying
the
measuredvaIue
the
by
proper
Table 6 1 1 correctionfactorgiven in Table 6-13, using the
DC Test Voltages After installation, kV coefficient(see 6.12.3) fortheparticulargradeof
Rated Circuit T e l Voltage, kV insulation and temperature in question. The temperature
Vollrrst, Conductor ofthewatershall be notlessthan 10°C (50°F)nor
100 Percent 133 Perccnl
PhaSt-to-Phw SIZC,
Voll5 AwG or kcmil Insulation InsulaLion more than 29.4OC (85°F).
Lcvcl Lcvel
~- ~~ ~- ~ ~
6.15.3 Determination of Temperature Correction
2001- 5000 &lo00 25 25 Factors for Insulation Resistance
5001- 8000 b
W
l O 35. 35 Three samples, preferably of 14 AWG solid wire with
a 45 mil (1.14 mm) wall of insulation, shall be selected
8001-15000 2-1000 55 65 as representative of the insulation under consideration.
15001-25OOo 1-lo00 80 100 The samples shall be of sufficient length to yield insula-
tion resistance values under 25OOo megohmsat the
25001-28OOo 1-lo00 85 ... lowest waterbath temperature.
28001-35000 1/0-1o00 100 ... The threesamples shall be immersed in a water bath
equipped with heating, cooling,and circulating facilities
6.15INSULATIONRESISTANCE with the ends of the samples extended at least 2 feet (0.6
meter) above the surface of the water and properly
6.15.1TestApparatus prepared for minimum leakage. The samples shall be
The test apparatus shall consistof a source of constant left in the water atroom temperature for 16hours before
potential of 100 to 500volts and such other apparatusas adjusting the bath temperature to10°C or beforetrans-
is listed in ASTM D257. ferring the samples to a 10°C test temperaturebath.
The resistance of the conductor shall be measured at
6.1 5.2 Test Procedure suitable intervals until itremains unchanged for at least
5 minutes. The insulation will then beat the temperature
Single conductor cables shallbe tested between the of the bath as read on the baththermometer. Insulation
conductorand
metallic
sheathor
water.
Multiple resistance shall then be measured in accordance with
conductor cables with nonshielded conductors shall be 6.152.
tested between each conductor andall other conductors Each of the three samples shall be exposed to succes-
andsheathorwater.Multiple-conductorcables with sive watertemperatures of 10,16,22,28, and 35°C and
shielded
conductors shall be
tested
between
the returning 28,22,16 and 10°C. Insulation resistance read-
conductor and shield. ings shall be taken ateach temperature after equilibrium
The conductor under test shall be connected to the has been established.
negativeterminalofthetestequipment and readings The two sets of readings taken at the same tempera-
shall be taken after an electrification of 1 minute. ture shall be averaged and, together with the reading at
Each coil, reel or lengthof wire or cable shall have 35"C, plotted on semi-log paper. The insulation resis-
aninsulationresistanceinmegohms-1000feetat a tance valce at 156°C (60°F)shall be readfrom the plot.
temperature of 156°C (6OOF)of not less than the value The 055°C (1°F) coefficient shall be calculated by
of R calculated as follows: dividing the insulation resistance at 156°C (60°F)by that
at 16.1"C (61°F).
6.16 Deleted

WC 7-1988
Table 6-12
Temperature Correction Factors for Insulation Resistance
to 15.6"C (6OOF)
Temperature Coefficient for lop
op oc 1.03 1.04 1.0s 1.06 1.07
1.09 1.08 1.10 1.11 1.12
50 10.0 0.75 0.68 0.62 0.56 0.51 0.46 0.42 0.38 0.35 0.32
51 10.6 0.77 0.70 0.65 0.59 0.54 0.50 0.46 0.42 0.39 0.36
52 11.1 0.79 0.73 0.68 0.63 0.58 0.54 0.50 0.47 0.43 0.40
53 11.7 0.82 0.76 0.71 0.67 0.62 0.58 0.55 0.51 0.48 0.45
54 12.2 0.84 0.79 0.75 0.70 0.67 0.63 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.51
55 12.8 0.87 0.82 0.78 0.75 0.71 0.68 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.57
a
56 13.3 0.89 0.86 0.82 0.76 0.76 0.74 0.71 0.69 0.66 0.64
57 13.9 0.92 0.89 0.87 0.84 0.82 0.80 0.78 0.76 0.73 0.71
58 14.4 0.94 0.93 0.91 0.90 0.88 0.86 0.85 0.83 0.82 0.80
59 15.0 0.97 O.% 0.96 0.95 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.91 0.90 0.89
60 15.6 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
61 16.1 1.03 1.04 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.08 1.09 1.10 1.11 1.12
62 16.7 1.06 1.08 1.10 1.13 1.15 1.17 1.19 1.21 1.24 1.27
63 17.2 1.09 1.13 1.16 1.19 1.23 1.26 1.30 1.34 1.38 1.42
64 17.8 1.13 1.17 1.22 1.26 1.31 1.36 1.41 1.47 1.53 1.58
65 18.3 1.16 1.22 1.28 1.34 1.40 1.47 1.54 1.62 1.70 1.78
66 18.9 1.20 1.27 1.35 1.42 1.50 1.59 1.69 1.78 1.88 1.98
67 19.4 1.23 1.32 1.41 1.51 1.62 1.72 1.84 1.96 2.09 2.21
68
~~ 20.0 1.27 1.37 1.48 1.60 1.72 1.85 1.99 2.15 2.31 2.48
69 20.6 1.31 1.43 1.55 1.69 1.84 2.00 2.18 2.36 2.57 2.77
70 21.1 1.35 1.48 1.63 1.79 1.97 2.17 2.38 2.60 2.85 3.10
71 21.7 1.39 1.54 1.72 1.90 2.11 2.34 2.59 2.87 3.17 3.46
72 22.2 1.43 1.60 1.80 2.02 2.26 2.53 2.82 3.15 3.52 3.90
73 22.8 1.47 1.67 1.89 2.14 2.42 2.72 3.08 3.46 3.90 4.37
74 23.3 1.52 1.74 1.98 2.27 2.58 2.94 3.35 3.81 4.31 4.88
75 23.9 1.56 1.80 2.08 2.40 2.76 3.18 3.65 4.19 4.78 5.47
76 24.4 1.61 1.87 2.19 2.54 2.96 3.43 3.98 4.61 5.30 6.12
77 25.0 1.66 1.95 2.30 2.70 3.17 3.70 4.34 5.08 5.88 6.85
78 25.6 1.71 2.02 2.41 2.86 3.39 4.00 4.73 5.59 6.51 7.68
79 26.1 1.76 2.11 2.53 3.03 3.62 4.33 5.16 6.14 7.27 8.59
80 26.7 1.81 2.19 2.66 3.21 3.87 4.67 5.61 6.72 8.07 9.65
81 27.2 1.87 2.28 2.80 3.40 4.15 5.04 6.12 7.43 8.98 10.8
82 27.8 1.92 2.37 2.94 3.60 4.43 5.45 6.69 8.18 9.92 12.1
83 28.3 1.98 2.47 3.08 3.82 4.72 5.89 7.28 9.00 11.0 13.6
84 28.9 2.04 2.57 3.23 4.05 5.04 6.35 7.92 9.90 12.2 15.2
85 29.4 2.10 2.67 3.40 4.30 5.42 6.84 8.67 10.8 13.5 17.0

-WC 7-68 I 6 4 7 0 2 4 7 oooq114 b r
WC 7-1988
6. i7 METHOD FOR FLEXIBILITY TESTFOR The capacityG,in picofarads, shall be measured at

CONTINUOUSLY CORRUGATED ARMOR the required temperature using a suitable bridge and a
A suitable length of armored cable with jacket 60 Hz potential. The specimen shall be held at the
removed, if any, shallbe bent in a“U”bend around a required temperature for at least 15 minutes prior to
mandrel havinga diameter equal tonotgreater
but than measurements.
14 times the cable diameter with sufficient tension so itThe geometric capacitance C , in picofarads, shall be
conforms closely to the periphery of the cylinder, calculated for the 12 inch (30.5 mm) specimen as fol-
straightened, and then bent 180 degrees in the reverse lows:
direction completing one cycle. The rate of bend shall D
be such thatthe test is completed within1minute. The = 7.354/loglo -;r
test is performed at room temperature. The ratio of measured capacitance divided by the
6.18 METHOD FOR DETERMINING geometric capacitance, C/Co, shall be the permittivity
PERMITTIVITY (S.I.C.) AND DIELECTRIC (S.I.C.) of the stress control material.
STRENGTH OF EXTRUDED Following the capacitance measurement and
while
the L
NONCONDUCTING POLYMERIC STRESS specimen is held at

the required temperature, a60 Hz
CONTROL LAYERS ac potential shall be applied between the conductor and
The test specimen shall be an 18 inch (45.7mm) lengththe grounded shield (painted electrode) with anincreas-
of conductor over which 0.015-0.030 inch(0.038-0.076 ingrate of rise notin excess of 100volts per second until
mm) of nonconducting stress control material has been dielectric failure occurs.The dielectricwithstand stress,
extruded. in volts permil* shall be calculated as follows:
The central12inch (30.5mm) length shall be shielded S = 2V/(D-d) 1000
using a silver-painted electrode or equivalent applied toD and din inches
the surfaceof the stress control material. V in volts, actual breakdown level
*S@/mil) shall be expressed as MV/m by dividing by 25.4.

~~ ~
S T D - N E N A WC 7 - E N G L L788 b1170247 05L258b 9 T 9
JANUARY 1991
WC 7-1988
ICEA s-66-524 Page 53
Section 7
CONSTRUCTIONS OF SPECIFIC TYPES
1 through 6 shall be met exceptas otherwise modified in Section 7.)
(The requirements of Sections
7.1 CONCENTRIGNEUTRALUNDERGROUND 100 percent insulation level. The minimum thickness Shan
DISTRIBUTION CABLES benotlessthan90percentofthevaluesgiveninthetable.
7.1.1 Scope 7.1.4 Insulation Shielding and Protective
This section covers twoconductor concentric-neutral Covering H
power cables consisting of one cross-linked-thermoset- A layer of conducting nonmetallic material meeting the
ting-polyethylene-insulatedcentralconductorandone requirements of 4.1.1 shall be extruded directly over the
copperconcentricconductorappliedhelicallyoverall. insulationto~easbothanelectrostaticshieldandapro-
These cables are intended for use on singlephase and tective covering. The thickness of the e x W insulation
threephase primary undergrounddistributionsystems op shieldingat any location when measured on completed cable
emting at 2001 through 35000 volts phasemphase at 100 shall be in accordancewith Table 7-2.
ampxities, see Appendix F.
percent insulation level. For The conducting layer shall be compatible withthe insula-
tim and shall be legibly identifiedas beiig conducting.
7.1.2CentralConductor Tmpentms lower than 130'C (2°F)may be required
Central conductorsshall be annealed copper,or alumi- for emergency m l o a d conditions because of the type of
num. The minimum conductorsize shall be in accordance materialused in thecable, joints, andterminations or because
with Table7-1. of
cable
environmentalconditions.
paragraph is ap
Table 7-1 provedbyNEMAasAuthorizedEngin&gInfomation.)
Minimum ConductorSize Table 7-2rn
Rated CirmitVoltage, Minimum ConductorSbz, AWC ForCableWithorWithoutan Overall Jacket
P h p s e - t o - m Vdts Caldated Insulation Diameter Insulation Shleld
2001-15000 4 ThickneaP
Inche3 "mum Maxmum
Maxmum
15001-28000 1 Point Poht Poht
28001-35000 1K) Inch Inch Inch
1.OOO or less .O30 .O70 .O15
7.1.21 C
O- 1.001-1.500 .O40 .O85 .O15
'Tlreconductashalbeannealed"aannealed
coatedcoppereitherCkssBaCssandeda,forunooated 1.501-2.000 .o55 .loo .mo
~,cQm~shandedinaccardancewi~sectioa2 largerand
2.001 .O55 .115 .O20
Note: The minimum point does not apply to locations under the metallic
7.1.22 ALUWUM shield indent.
Theconductor shall be aluminum 1350, eithersolid
(through 4/0 AWG) Class B or C stranded or compact 7.1.5ConcentricConductor
stranded in accordancewith Section 2. The overall concentric conductor shall consist of num-
a
ber of copper wires meeting the chemical requirements of
7.1.2.3 CONDUCTORSTRESSCONTROL LAYER ASTM B5 and the resistivity, tensile, and elongationre-
The conductor shall be covered with a smss control quirements of ASTMB3 for uncoated wires, ASTM B33
layer in accordance with Section 2. for tincoated wr ies,or ASTM B 189 for lead-alloy-coated
wires. The number wiresof of a specifiedsize shall be not
7.1.3
Insulation less than that given in Table7-3 for cables usedin single-
Theshieldedcentralconductorshallbeinsulatedwitha phase systems and in either Table 7-5 or Table 7-6 for
cross-linked-thermosetting-polyethylenecompoundthat three-phase systems.
meets the requinments of 3.7. The average thickness of the The nominal diameters and circular mil
areas of the wires
insulationshallbenotlessthanthatgivenin~le3-1forthe in Tables 7-3,7-5,and 7-6 shall be BS follows:
R e v i d 1-30-1991.

WC 7-1988
AWC S h "
W Aren, kcmil Table 7-4
14 0.064 1 4.11 Level
Discharge
Partial
RatdCWVdtnge, " m u m Partlal-dLschPrge
0.0808 12 6.53 Phssc"P~Vdts Extinction Level,LV
0.1019 10 10.38 m1-5m 5
9 o.1144 13.09 5 0 0 1 ~ 7
8 0.1285 16.51 8001-15000 13
Thein~~~wirescomprisingagivenconcentriccon- 15001-25000 22
ductormayvaryf5percentindiametexfmmtheappropri- wx)~-28ooo 25
ate nominal value given above, butthe total circular mil
area
the of specitïed concentric
conductor shall be as 28001-35000 31
follows:
1. For single-phase systems,at least 98 percent of the 7.1.6 Optional Jackets Applied over a
product ofthe appropiate number ofwires given in Concentric Conductor
Table 7-3times theappropriate nominal circular mil The jacketsshall be either nonconductingor conducting
arta tabulated above. &pending upon installation requirements.If nonconduct-
2 For threephase systems at least 98 percent of the ing compoundis used, it shall meet the physical and aging
product of the
number of wires given
in requirements of4.4.1 through 4.4.3 as applicable.
Tables 7-5œ 7-6 times the appropriate nominal If conducting compoundis used, it shall be eitherType
circular mil 8 1 ~ tabulated
8 above. I or II compound meetingthe physical and aging require-
NOTE: This is for a one-third neutral. ments of Table 7-6A.
The wires of the concentric conductorshall be applied A 'I)pe II jacket provides m m heat and deformation
directly over the conductor material given7.1in.4with a resistance than lslpe I.
lay not less than six nor more than ten times the diameter CAUTION-Cable users should be aware that some
over the concentric wires. typesof jackets may alter the physical and electrical char-
Table 7-3 acteristicsofcablecomponents.('Thissentence is ap-
Full Neutral Concentric Conductor proved by NEMA asAuthorizedEngineering
Inanlated Conductor ConcentricConductor Information.)
SbAWCorkcd MlnlmumNumberdWires
7.1.6.1EXTRUDEDTC~FILL JACKET
C Q V ~Aluminum l4AWG l2AWC 10 AWC 9 AWG
The jacket materhl shall cover the concentric conductor
... 4 6 ... ... ... and íillthe spaces between wires. The jacket materialshall
4 2 10 ... ... ... be in Contact with the insulation shielding, butshall strip
3 1 13 ... ... ... W.
2 1/0 10* 16 ... ... When measured over the wires, the average jacket thick-
1 2/0 U)* 13 ... ... ness shall be not less than the appropriate value given in
1/0 10*
25* 16 ... Table 7.4A.
2/0 3/0
4/0 32* U)* 13 10*
3/0 250 ... 25* 16 13*
350
4K) ... 32* 20* 16
+Altemrtc cmstmchm.
Table 7.4A
Jacket Thickness and Test Voltage
AC SparkTestVdtage@V)for
Cnldated Diameter Conductor Average JrLetThickmss Nonconducting
CFoss-unLed Thermoplastic
Inche Jackets Ineh Jackets
0-1.500 .O50 2.0 4.5
Over 1.500 .O80 3.0 7.0

STD.NEMA WC 7-ENGL L988 h470247 0532588 773 I
wc7-1988
iCEA S-66-524 Page 55
Table 7 6
One-third Neutral Concentrk Conductor for Copper Central Conductor
"
CopperInrulatedConduetorStm~, Cancentdc Cmdudar MinimumNumber of W b

AWG or temp 1AAWG 12 AWG 18 AWG O AWG a AWG
4-2 6 ... ... ... ...
1 7 6* ... ... ...
1/0 9 6* ... ... ...
' 2 1 0 11 7* 6* ... ..*
3/0 14 9* 6* 6* ...
4N 18 11* 7* 6* ...
250 21* 13 9. 7* ...
350 ... 18 12* 9* ...
500 ... 26* 17 13* 10*
... ...
750
lo00
*Altemrteanstmctionr.
... ...
25*
... 26.
a* 15
20
Theminimumthiclrnessovetthewiresshallbenotlessthan 7.1.6.3 bENlFEATION

8opercentofthespecitiedaveragethi~ Whenaamdwtingmamialisdfmheovd~the
Afterajackethasbeenapplie4theindentoftheextruded cablelegendsbauidentifythemaserialassgconductwL
insulationshieldcasuedbythemetallicshieldshallnotbe
mmthanthespecifiedmaximumindentvaluefoundin'Iitble 7.1.6.4 SRaM TEST#)R NONCONDUCTING JACKETS M
7-2. AIurnconductingjacketoverconcentricneutralconductors
shall withstand1113 alternating current spalit test voltage. The
7.1.6.2 OVERLAYING TYPE JACKETM voltage for extru&d-to-fíU type jackets is given in 'Igble
If a nonmetallic tape is appliedover the umcentric 74A The voltage for overlaying typejackets is in accord-
conductorsofthecableandthejacketisconducting,thenthe anœ with 4.4.7. lhe voltage shall be applied between an
fapeshallbeconducting.whenthejacketis~&rhe ~attheoutside~.ofthejacketandthemmtric
fapeshallbeeithercanductingornonconducting.Amg neumlcondudaTheneutralconductorshallbeconnected
tapeshallbecleadyidemi&dasbeingcanducting. togroundduringthetest.Thespa&testshallbeconducted
'Lheavemgejaclretthickmswhendovefdrewires in accradancewith 6.14.4.3 and6.14.4.4.
shallbenotlessthanspecifiedin~le4-8.~minimm
thicl;nessatanypointshallbenotlessthan8O~ofthe 7.1.7 Tests
specifiedavemgethi~ The cable shall be tested in ammiance with Section 6
AfrerajackethasbeenappIkd,theindentoftheexmded and shall meet the requirements specified in 7.1. The
insulaeionshieldawsedbythemetallicshieldshallnoebemae partial-discharge extinction level shall be in acconlance
thanthespecifiedmaximrnnindent~d~foundin'Igble7-2with"le 74. The eleceical requirement tests shall be
made without immersion in mer.
Table 7-6
One-third Neutral Concentric Conductor for Aluminum Central Conductor
Alumlrmm Innulnted Conductor Shp. Co"c ConductorMlnlmum Number of Wires
4-1/0 6 ... ... ... ...

U0 7 6* ... ... ...
3/0 9 6* ... ... ...
410 11 7* 6" ... ...
250 13 8* 6* 6* ...
300 15 10* 6* 6* ...
350 18 11* 7* 6* ...
500 25* 16 10* 8* ...
750 ... 24* 15 12* .. *
lo00 ... ... 20* 16 12*

WC 7-1988
Table 74A rn
Properties of Thermopiastk Conducting Jackets
r n I lppeII
Physical Requirements
Tensile strength, minimum
Psi 1200 1500
Elongationpercent
at rupture,minimum 100 150
Aging Requirements
Afier air oven agingat lOO'C&l'C for 48 hours
Tensile strength, minimum pemntage of unaged value 75
Elongation
at rupture,minimum percentage of unaged value 100
After air oven agingat 121'Cfl'C for 168 hours
percentage
minimum
strength,
Tensile valueof unaged 75
at Elongation
percentage
rupture,minimum 75
Heat Distortion,Maximum, Percent
Air oven at 90'Ckl'C 25
Air oven at 121'Cfl'C 25
Wume resistivity at m m iernpemm (23'CS.C) and 90'Cfl 'C, max, meter-duns 100 100
Brittleness Temperature,'C, not wanner than -15 -10
7.2 NEUTRALSUPPORTEDSECONDARYAND 7.22.1.2 ALUMNUM

SERVICE DROP CABLES Conductors shall be aluminum 1350 with a minimum
tensile strength of 17,000 psi (117 "a). Sizes 6 and 4
7.21 Scope
AWG shall be solid in accordance with ASTM B230 or
This section covers secondary and service drop cables ASTM B609 before insulating and with Table2-7,Class
composed of one or more insulated conductors andone A or B stranded in accordance with ASTM B231, or
neutml conductorfor use as the supporting member.These compact round stranded in accordance withASTM B400.
cables are for use on circuits not exceeding 600 volts Sizeslargerthan4AWGshallbeClassAorBstrandedin
phase-@phaseand at conductor temperatures not exceed- accordance with ASTM B231 or compact roundstranded
ing 90'C (194'F). in accordance withASTM €3400.
7.22 Conductors 7.221.3 DIRECTION OF LAY
7.221 iNSUlATED CONDUCTORS The direction of lay of the outer layer of stranded con-
ductors shall be left handor right hand.
7.221.1 COPPER
Conductorsshallbeannealeduncoatedcopperandshall 7.22.2 NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS
meet the requirements given in Section 2. Size 8 AWG Neuaal conductors shall be uncovered or covered and
shallbesolidorClawBstrandedinsccordancewithITgble the sizes and compositionshallbe in accordancewith Table
2-7. Size 6 AWG and larger shall be Class B stranded in 7-7 and 7-8.
accudancewith Table2-7.
Revised 1-30-91.

WC 7-1988
7.2.2.2.1
COPPER 7.2.3 insulation
Conductors shallbe hard drawn uncoated copper and 7.2.3.1PHYSICAL AND AGINGREQUIREMENTS
shall meetthe requirementsof ASTMB1 andB8. Sizes
2 AWG and smaller shallbe solid or shall be Class B The insulation shall be black and, when tested in
stranded in accordancewith Table 2-7. Sizes
larger than accordance with Section 6, shall meet the following
2 AWG shall be Class B stranded in accordancewith requirements:
Table 2-7. Physical Requirements
7.2.2.2.2
ALUMINUM Tensile strength, minimum
Conductors shallbe hard drawnaluminum1350. The psi
stranding shall be in accordancewith ClassA Table 2 or
MPa
I:
ASTM B231 for sizes up through 210AWG and in
accordancewith Class B Table 3of ASTM B231for sizes Elongation
at
rupture, mn
im
i um,percent 150
310 AWG and larger. The direction of lay of the outer Aging Requirements
layer shall be right hand.
After air oven test at 121"Crt1°C for 168 hours
7.2.2.2.3 COPPER AND COPPER-COVERED-STEEL
COMPOSITE Tensile strength, minimum, percentage
of
75 value unaged
Conductors shall be concentric-lay-stranded-copper
andcopper-covered-steel-compositeconductorsand Elongation at rupture,minimum, percent-
shall meet the requirements givenin the applicable 65 age
value
of unaged
sections of ASTM B229. After hot creep test at 150°C&2"C
7.2.2.2.4 ALUMINUMCONDUCTORS-STEEL Unfilled Filled
REINFORCED *Hot creep elongation, maximum,
a Aluminum conductors - steel reinforced (ACSR)

shall meetthe requirements of ASTM B232.
The stranding shallbe as follows:
percent 100
*Hot creep
set, maximum, percent
10
175
5
1. Sizes 410 AWG andsmaller-7-wire strand (6 *If this value is exceeded,the Solvent ExtractionTest may be per-
aluminum around1steel). formed andwill serve as a referee method to determine compliance
2. Sizes larger then 410 AWG-19-wire strand (18 (maximum percent after 20 hours drying time--30). m i s note is
approved by NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information.)
aluminum around 1 steel) or, where greater
strength is required, 24 or 26 aluminum wires 7.2.3.2THICKNESSOF lNSUlATlON
around a 7-wire steel strand.
The average thickness of the insulation shall be not
7.2.2.2.5 ALUMINUMALLOYCONDUCTORS less than the following:
-5005H19 Conductor Size, Thickness
AWG or kcmil
Conductors shall meet the requirements of ASTM mils mm
s B397. The strandingshall be 7-wirestrand
for
sizes
1.14 8-2 45
246.9 kcmil and smaller and 19-wire strand for sizes
larger than246.9 kcmil. 1410 60 1.52
7.2.2.2.6 ALUMINUMALLOYCONDUCTORS
250-500 80 2.03
-6201-T81 The minimum thickness shallbe not less than90 per-
Conductors shall meet the requirements of ASTM cent of these values.
B399. The stranding shall be 7-wire strand for sizes
246.9 kcmil and smaller and 19-wire strand for sizes 7.2.4
Assembly
larger than246.9 kcmil. 7.2.4.1 WISTED ASSEMBLIES
One or more insulated conductors shall be twisted
around the neutral conductor without fillers witha lay
of 25 to 60 times the diameter of one of the insulated
conductors.The directionof layshall be the same as that
of the outer layerof wires ofthe neutral conductor.

WC 7-1988
7.2.4.2PARALLELASSEMBLIES WITH INSULATED Table 7-7

ALUMINUMCONDUCTORS Neutral Conductors for Use with
One or more insulated aluminum conductors shall be Copper Power Conductors
laid flat and parallel to a neutral. The neutralbe on shall Copper Insulated Neutral
Conductor Sizes, AWG
the outside of the assembly and shall be bound to the Power Conductor
Copper Covered
conductor with a suitable aluminum or aluminum alloy Sizes, AWG Copper
Steel*
wire or strip having a breaking strength not less than 150
pounds (68.04 kg) and applied with a oflay3 to 6 inches 8 8 8C
6 6 6C
(76.2 to 152.4 mm).
6 8 8C
7.2.4.3 NEUTRALCONDUCTOR 4 4 4 A
4 6 6C
The size of the neutral conductor shall be in accord-
ance with Table 7-7 for copper insulated power conduc- 2 2 2F
tors and Table 7-8 for aluminum insulated power 2 4 4 A
conductors. 1 1 1F
1 3 3A
7.2.5
Tests
V0 110 110 F
The cable shall be tested in accordance with Section 110 2 2F
6 and shall meet the requirements specified
in 7.2except 210 210 210 F
that each length of completed cable shall successfully 210 1 1F
withstand, after one hour's immersion in water, an ac
voltage of 2500 volts applied for1minute between each *See ASIM B229 (see Appendix E) for letter designations and
insulated power conductor and ground, construction.
7.3MINEPOWERCABLES In addition, those power conductors used for

borehole and shaft cables shall have a minimum factor
7.3.1
Scope of safety of 7 when calculatedby the formulaF = ATW,
This section 'covers cross-linked-thermosetting- If the minimum factor of safety as calculated by the
polyethylene-insulated shielded thermosetting or ther- formula is less than 7, medium hard-drawn copper in
moplastic jacketed cables in sizesAWG 6 through 500 accordance with ASTMB 2 orB 246 before stranding
kcmil for use as connections between units ofmine shall be used, In no casethe shall
factor of safety be less
distribution systems at nominal ac voltages of 2001 to than 7.
15000volts at 100 or133percent insulation level. These Where-
cables shallbe one of the following types: F = Factor of safety.
v p e MP -three power conductors and three ground- A = Area of the three power conductors in square
ing conductors. inches.
Type MP-GC-three power conductors and two T = Tensile strength of conductor in pounds per
grounding conductors and one ground check conduc- square inch shall be as tabulated below:
tor.
The insulation shall be suitable for operation at a
maximum conductor temperatureof 90°C (194'F). Annealed copper
Ampacities are given in AppendixI. Recommended copper
minimum bendingradii are given in Appendix H. (This
hard
Medium ~,ooo V
sentence is approved byNEMA 17,000 aluminum

as Authorized En- 1350
gineering Information.) W = Weight of the cable in pounds.
7.3.2
Conductors The conductor size shall be in accordance with Table
7-9 and shall meet the requirements given in Section2.
7.3.2.1POWERCONDUCTORS When the size of medium hard-drawn copper power
Power conductors shall be Class B or C stranded conductors is determined in accordance with 6.3.1, the
annealed coatedor uncoated copper or 314 hard drawn dc resistance shall not exceedby more than 2 percent
aluminum 1350 and shall meetthe requirements given the values given in Table 7-13.
in Section2. Conductor stress control layer in accordancewith 2.7
shall be applied over each power conductor.

WC 7-1988
7.3.2.2GROUNDINGCONDUCTORS 7.3.4InsulationShielding
Grounding conductors shall
be Class B or C stranded Each power conductor shall be shielded in accord-
annealed coated copper wire and shall meet
the require- ance with4.1.
ments given in Section 2. The size of each grounding
conductor shallbe in accordancewith Table7-9. 7.3.5
Identification
Power conductors shallbe identified as black, white,
7.3.2.3GROUNDCHECKCONDUCTORS and red.
The ground check conductor shall be Class B or C The ground check conductor shall be covered with a
stranded annealed coated or uncoated copper of the closely woven cotton or rayon braid which is colored
minimum size shown in Table 7-9 and shall meet the yellow or witha yellow colored insulation.
requirementsgiven in Section2.
7.3.6ConductorAssembly
7.3.3
Insulation The conductor assembly shall have a left-hand A lay.
c
Insulation shall meetthe requirements given in Sec- grounding conductor shall be placed in continuous con-
tion 3. tact withthe metallic shields in each intersticeof 'Qpe
The average thickness ofthe insulation on the power MP cables and two in intersticesof 'Qpe M€-GCcables.
conductors shallbe not less than that given inTables7-10The ground check conductor of %e MP-GC cables
and 7-11. The average thickness of the insulation on shall be placed between the black and white conductors.
ground check conductors shall be not less than45 mils Fillers of suitable material shallbe used to produce an
(1.14 mm) for 8 AWG and not less than30 mils (0.76 essentially round cross-section inthe completed cable.
mm) for 10 AWG. The minimum thickness shallbe not When required, a binder tape andlor threads shall be
less than90 percent of these values. used overthe conductor assembly.
Table 7-8
Neutral Conductors for Use with Aluminum Power Conductors
Aluminum Insulated Neutral ConductorSizes, AWG
Power Conductor
Copper Covered
Copper Aluminum 1350 ACSR Aluminum Alloy
Sizes AWG or kcmil
Steel* 5005-Hl96201-T81
6 8 8C 6 6 6
4 6 6C 4 4 4
4 8 8C ... 6 6
2 4 4A 2 2 2
2 6 6C ... 4 4
V0 2 2F V0 110 110
110 4 4A ... 2 2
U0 1 210 1F 210 210
U0 3 3A ... 1 1
310
dl0 110 310 110 F 310
310 2 2F ... 110 110
410 410 U0 410210 F 410
410 1 1F ... 210 210
266.8 312.8 ... 266.8 ... 266.8
... ... 195.7 ... 167.8
336.4 394.5 ... 336.4 ... 336.4
... ... 246.9 ... 211.6
397.5 465.4 ... 397.5 ... 397.5
... ... 312.8 a.. 266.8
477.0 559.5 ... 477.0 ... 477.0
... ... 394.5 e.. 336.4
*SeeAST" B229 (see Appendix E) for letter designations and construction.

WC 7-1988
Table 7-9
Conductor Sizes
Size of Power
Conductors, AWG or kcmil Copper
Grounding
Conductors
Copper
Ground
Check
Conductor, Minimum Size,
Type MP Cables, Size in Type MP-GC Cables, Size in
AWG
Copper Aluminum Each,
Interstice, AWG Each of Two Interstices, AWG
10 6 4 10
4 2 8 8 8
2 110 8 6 8
1 210 7 5 8
110 6 4 8
210 5 3 8
310 4 2 8
410 350 3 1 8
250 400 2 U0 8
m. 450 1 110 8
350 500 1 210 8
400 ... 110 310 8
450 a.. Il0 310 8
500 e.. 210 410 8
Table 7-10
Insulation Thicknesses and Outside Diameters-
2001 to 5000 Volts*- 100 and 133 Percent Insulation Level
Minimum Partial-discharge
Extinction Level., kVf
.
AC Tesì
Conductor size’
AWG or kcmil Insulation Thickness Outside Diameter
kV Voltage,
Insulation Level
mm mils inches mm 100 percent 133 percent
P
6 90 2.29 1.21 30.7 13 4 5

4 90 2.29 1.32 33.5 13 4 5
2 90 2.29 1.45 36.8 13 4 5
1 90 2.29 1.53 38.9 13 4 5
110 90 2.29 1.63 41.4 13 4 5
210 90 2.29 1.74 44.2 13 4 5
310 90 2.29 1.88 47.8 13 4 5
410 90 2.29 2.00 50.8 13 4 5
250 90 2.29 2.13 54.1 13 4 5
300 90 2.29 2.25 57.2 13 4 5
90 350 2.29 2.35 59.7 13 4 5
400 90 2.29 2.45 62.2 13 4 5
450 90 2.29 2.55 64.8 l3 4 5
500 90 2.29 2.64 67.0 13 4 5
* The actual operating voltage shallnot exceed the rated circuit voltage by.more
than (a) 5 percent during continuous operation or (b) 10percent
during emergencies not more than 15 minutes.
tunless otherwise indicated,the cable will be rated at 100 percent insulation level.

WC 7-1988
Table 7-1 1
Insulation Thicknesses and Outside Diameters
Con- 100 Percent Insulation Level 133 Percent Insulation Level
ductor
:z
or
Insulation
Thickness
mils mm
Outside
Diameter
inches mm
Test Voltage,
AC
kV
DC
Minimum
Partialdis-
charge&-
Insulation
Thickness
mils mm
Outside
Diameter
inches mm
Test Voltage,
AC
kV
DC
Minimum
Partialdis-
charge
Ex(inction
tinction
kcmil Level, kV Level, kV
5001 TO 8000 VOLTS*

6 115 2.92 1.33 33.8 18 45 6 140 3.56 1.45 36.8 22 45 8
4 115 2.92 1.43 36.3 18 45 6 140 3.56 1.54 39.1 22 45 8
2 115 2.92 1.55 39.4 18 45 6 140 3.56 1.68 42.7 22 45 8
1 115 2.92 1.65 41.9 18 45 6 140 3.56 1.78 45.2 22 45 8
V0 115 2.92 1.75 44.5 18 45 6 140 3.56 1.90 48.3 22 45 8
U0 115 2.92 1.88 47.7 18 45 6 140 3.56 2.00 50.8 22 45 8
310 115 2.92 2.00 50.8 18 45 6 140 3.56 2.12 53.8 22 45 8
410 115 2.92 2.12 53.8 18 45 6 140 3.56 2.25 57.1 22 45 8
250 115 2.92 2.25 57.2 18 45 6 140 3.56 2.35 59.7 22 45 8
300 115 2.92 2.35 59.7 18 45 6 140 3.56 2.48 63.0 22 45 . 8
350 115 2.92 2.46 62.5 18 45 6 140 3.56 2.58 65.5 22 45 8
400 115 2.92 2.57 65.3 18 45 6 140 3.56 2.70 68.6 22 45 8
450 115 2.92 2.66 67.6 18 45 6 140 3.56 2.85 72.4 22 45 8
500 ll5 2.92 2.75 69.9 18 45 6 140 3.56 2.93 74.4 22 45 8
8001 TO 15000 VOLTS*
2 175 4.44 1.88 47.8 27 70 11 ... ... ... ... ...... ...
1 175 4.44 1.98 50.3 27 70 115.46 215 2.20 55.9 33 80 15
V0 175 4.44 2.05 52.0 27 70 115.46 215 2.30 58.4 33 80 15
U0 175 4.44 2.15 54.6 27 70 11 5.46 215 2.42 61.5 33 80 15
310 175 4.44 2.26 57.4 27 70 11 215 5.4664.32.53 33 80 15
410 175 4.44 2.40 61.0 27 70 11 215 5.4667.32.65 33 80 15
250 175 4.44 2.50 63.5 27 70 11 ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
300 175 4.44 2.64 67.0 27 70 11 ... ... ...... ... ... ...
350 175 4.44 2.75 69.9 27 70 11 m.. e.. ... ... ... ... ...
400 175 4.44 2.92 74.2 27 70 11 ... ... ... ... ...... ...
450 175 4.44 3.00 76.2 27 70 11 ..B ... e.. ... ... ... ...
500 175 4.44 3.10 78.4 27 70 11 ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
by more than (a) 5 percent during continuousoperation or (b) 10 percent
*Theactual operatingvoltage shall not exceed the rated circuit voltages
during emergencies lastingnot more than 15 minutes.
Table 7-12
Overall Jacket Thickness
Calculated DiameterUnder
of Cable Jacket Jacket Thickness
inches mm mm
or
1.500 less 38.10 or less 110 2.79
1.501-2.500 38.13-63.50 140 3.56
2.501-3.500 63.53-88.90 170 4.32

-
WC 7 - 8 4
WC 7-1988
Table 7-13
Nominal DC Resistanceof Medium Hard-Drawn Coated
and Uncoated Copper Conductors Concentric Stranded, Class
B and C
Conductor
@I"
25OC-lui 2O0C 250c 20%
AWG or Class of
kcmil
Sîranding ohmsper ohms per ohms per ohms per ohmsper ohmsper ohmsper ohmsper
lo00 feet km lo00 feet km lo00 feet km lo00 feeî km
6 B andC 0.436 1.43 0.444 1.46 0.417 1.37 0.425 1.40
4 B andC 0.274 0.899 0.279 0.917 0.262 0.860 0.267 0.877
2 B andC 0.172 0.565 0.176 0.577 0.165 0.541 0.168 0.552
1 B andC 0.137 0.448 0.139 0.457 0.131 0.429 0.133 0.437
110 0.108
B andC 0.355 0.110 0.362 0.104 0.340 0.106 0.347
210 B and C
0.0859 0.282 0.0876 0.287 0.0822 0.270 0.0838 0.275
310 BandC0.0681 0.224 0,0695 0.228 0.0652 0.214 0.0665 0.218
410 B 0.0536 O. 176 0.0547 0.179 0.0517 0.170 0.0527 0.173
410 C 0.0540 0.177 0.551 0.181 0.0517 0.170 0.0527 0.173
250 B andC 0.0457 0.150 0.0466 0.153 0.0438 0.144 0.0446 0,146
300 B and C 0,0381 0.125 0.0389 0.128 0.0365 0.120 0.0372 0.122
350 B and C 0.0327 O.iO7 0.0333 0.109 0.0313 0.103 0.0319 0.105
400 B 0.0284 0.0931 0.0289 0.0949 0.0274 0.0898 0.0279 0.0915
400 C 0.0286 0.0938 0.0292 0.0956 0.0274 0.0898 0.0279 0.0915
450 B 0.0252 0.0827 0.0257 0.0844 0.0243 0.0798 0.0248 0.0813
450 C 0.0254 0.0834 0.0259 0.0850 0.0243 0.0798 0.0248 0.0813
500 B 0.0227 0.0745 0,0231 0.0759 0.0219 0.0718 0.0223 0.0732
500 C 0.0229 0.0750 0.0233 0.0765 0.0219 0.0718 0.0223 0.0732
7.3.7
Jacket
-
kgflmm' 0.35
A thermosetting jacket that meets the requirements of Elongation
at
rupture,
minimum,
percent 300
7.3.7.1,7.3.7.2,7.3.7.3,or 7.3.7.4 or a thermoplasticjack-
et that meetsthe requirements of 4.4.1 or 4.4.3 shall be Set, maximum, percent 20
applied over the conductor assembly. The average Aging requirements
thickness of the jacket shallbe not less than that given
in Table 7-12 and the minimum thickness ofthe jacket After air oven testat 10OoC+1"Cfor 168
shall be not less than80 percent of these values. hours- tensile strength and elongationrup-
at
ture, minimum, percentage of unagedvalue 50
7.3.7.1NEOPRENE, HEAWD m ,BLACK
After oil immersion test at12l0C+.loCfor 18
This jacket shall consist of a vulcanized black hours-
tensile
strength
elongation,
andmini- e
neoprene compound. When testedin accordance with mum, percentage
unaged
value
of 60
6.4, the jacket shall meetthe following requirements,
and when applicable, the requirements given4.4.5in 7.3.7.2 N~TRILE-BUTADIENE/POLWINYL-CHLORIDE,
Physical requirements HEAWDUTY
Tensile strength, minimum This jacket shall consist
of a vulcanized acrylonitrile-
butadienelpolyvinyl-chloridecompound suitable for a
psi 1800 minimum installing temperature of -25°C (-13°F). It
kgf/mm2 1.27 shall be based on a fluxed blend of acrylonitrile-
butadiene synthetic rubber and polyvinyl-chloride resin.
Tensile stress at200 percent elongation, minimum When tested in accordance with 6.4, the jacket shall
psi 500 meet the following requirements and, when applicable,
the requirements given in4.4.6:

WC 7-1988
Physical requirements 7.3.7.4CHLORINATEDPOLYETHYLENE,HEAW DUTY,

CROSS-LINKED(THERMOSET)
This jacket shall consist of a cross-linked chlorinated
psi 1800compound. When tested in accordance
polyethylene
MPa with 6.4, the
12.4jacket shall meet the following require-
ments and, when applicable, the requirements in 4.4.6:
Tensile stress at 200 percent elongation, minimum
Physical requirements
psi 500
Tensile strength,minimum
MPa 3.45
psi
Elongation
at
rupture,
minimum,
percent 300
a MPa 12.4
Set, maximum, percent 30
Tensile stress at200 percent elongation, minimum
W Aging requirements
psi 500
After air oven testat 100"Ckl0Cfor 168
hours-
tensile
strength and elongation
at rup- MPa 3.45
ture,minimum,percentage of unagedvalue 50 Elongation at
rupture,
minimum,percent 300
After oil immersion test at 121"C-t-l"C for
18 Set, maximum, percent 30
hours- tensile strength and elongation, mini-
mum, percentage of unaged
value 60 Aging requirements
After airoven testat 1OO"C-t- 1°Cfor 168 hours
HEAVY
7.3.7.3CHLOROSULFONATEDPOLYETHYLENE,
Tensile strength, minimum, percentage of un-
DUN
value aged 85
This jacket shall consist of a vulcanized chloro-sul-
fonated-polyethylene compound. When tested in ac- Elongation atrupture, minimum, percentage
0 value
cordance with 6.4,the jacket shall meet thefollowing
requirements and, when applicable, the requirements
of unaged
After oil immersion test atl21"Ckl"C for 18
65
given in4.4.6 hours- tensile strength and elongationrup- at

Physical requirements ture, minimum, percentage of unagedvalue 60
Tensile strength, minimum 7.3.8OutsideDiameters
psi 1800 diameterof the completed cable shall
The outside be
MPa within plus
8 and
12.4 5
minus percent of the values given in
Tables 7-10and 7-11.
Tensile stressat 200 percent elongation, minimum
7.3.9
Tests
psi 500
The cable shallbe tested in accordancewith Section
MF'a 3.45 6 and shall meet the requirements specified 7.3.
in
Elongation
at
rupture,
minimum,
percent 300 The insulated power conductors shall meet the test
voltage and partial-discharge requirements given in
maximum, Set, percent 30 Table 7-10 or 7-11.
Aging requirements The voltage test onthe insulated ground check con-
ductor shall be made between that conductor and the
After air oven test at100"Ckl"Cfor 168hours
grounding conductorsby applying an ac voltage of 3.0
Tensile strength, minimum, percentage
of un- kV for 15 seconds. The insulation resistance test is not
aged 85 required.
Elongation at rupture, minimum, percentage
value of unaged 65
After oil immersion test l21"Ckl0C
at for 18
e hours- tensile strength and elongation at rup-

ture, minimum, percentage of unagedvalue 60

WC 7-1988
7.4PORTABLESINGLE-AND accordance with Table 7-14and covered with a jacket

MULTIPLE-CONDUCTOR POWER CABLES that meets the requirements of 7.4.18. The cables shall
be in accordance with Table 7-16.
7.4.1 Scope
Table 7-14
This section covers cross-linked-thermosetting- Maximum Lengthof Lay
polyethylene-insulated portable cables with copper
Factors for Maximum
conductors in sizes 8 AWG and larger for use on mining Number of Power Conductors Length of Lay*
machines, dredges, shovels, and in similar applications.
These cables are distinguished by the requirements for 2 20xd
the jackets given in 7.4.18. 3 21xd
Extra-heavy-duty jackets are required for cables
having a nominal outside diameter of more than 2.00 4 23xd
inches (50.8 mm) and for shielded cables and single- 5 27x d
conductor hard-service cables.
Details of construction and dimensions for the vol- 6 30xd c
tages at which these cables may be used are given in *d =diameter of individual power conductor.
Tables 7-14 through 7-27. Recommended ampacities
and voltage ratings are given in Appendix J. Recom- 7.4.4 Type W, G, and G-GCThree- and
mended bending radii are given inAppendix H. Four-Conductor Cables, 0-2000 VORS
Three-conductor cables shall be one of three types:
GENERAL DESCRIPTION (1)'&pe W, round construction,without grounding con-
OF COMPLETED CABLE ductors, (2) '&peG ,round construction,withgrounding
. conductors, and (3) '&pe G-GC, round construction,
7.4.2Single-ConductorCables,Nonshielded, with groundingconductors and a ground check conduc-
0-2000 Volts
tor. Four-conductor cables shallbe one of two types:(1)
These cables shall consist of an insulated conductor m e W, round construction,without grounding conduc-
covered with a jacket that meets the requirements of tors and (2) m e G, round construction,withgrounding
7.4.18 and shall be in accordance with Table 7-15. Nor- conductors.
mal-service cables shall be coveredwithheavy-duty
jackets and hard-service cables shall be covered with 7.4.4.1 W E W, ROUND,WITHOUT GROUNDING
extra-heavy-dutyjackets. CONDUCTORS
These cables shall consist of three or four conductors
7.4.3 Type W and G Two-Conductor Round that are separately covered in insulation. Each conduc-
Cables, 0-2000Volts
tor shall be separately covered with a colored tape or
7.4.3.1 TYPE W, WITHOUT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS braid, which maybe omitted if colored insulation is used
(see 7.4.15). The conductors, together with any neces-
These cables shall consistof two conductorswhich are sary filers, shall be cabled with a left-hand lay inaccord-
separately covered with insulation. In addition, each
ance with Table 7-14 and covered with a jacket that
conductor shall be separately covered with a colored
meets the requirements of7.4.18. Three-conductor
tape orbraid,whichmaybe omitted if colored insulation
cables shallbe in accordance with Table 7-17, and four-
is used (see 7.4.15). The conductors, together with any conductor cables shallbe in accordance with Table7-18.
necessary fillers,shall be cabled with a left-hand lay in
accordance with Table 7-14and covered with a jacket 7.4.4.2 W E G, ROUND,W I M GROUNDING
that meets the requirements of 7.4.18. The cables shall CONDUCTORS
be in accordance with Table 7-16. These cables shall consist of three or four power
7.4.3.2 W E G, WITH GROUNDING CONDUCTORS conductors that are separately covered with insulation.
Each power conductor shall be separately covered with
These cables shall consist of two power conductors a colored tape orbraid, which maybe omitted if colored
that are separately covered with insulation. Each power insulation is used (see 7.4.15). The power conductors,
conductor shall be separately covered with a colored together with the groundingconductors (see 7.4.12) and
tape or braid, which may be omitted if colored insulation any necessary fillers, shall be cabled with aleft-hand lay
is used (see 7.4.15). The power conductors, together in accordance with Table 7-14 and covered with ajacket
with two grounding conductors (see 7.4.12) and any that meets the requirements of 7.4.18. Three-conductor
necessary filers, shall be cabled with a left-hand lay in

WC 7-1988
Table 7-15
o to 2000 Volts
Single-Conductor Portable Power Cable
Power Diameter Outside
Conductor
size,
AwG or Insulation Thickness Normal Service Hard
Voltage,
Test
Service kV
kcmilt Inus mm inches mm inches mm AC Dc
21.0 607.0 1.52

13.0 0.51
0.44 11.2
60 1.52 0.51 13.0 0.59 15.0 7.0 21.0
60 1.52 0.57 14.5 0.64 16.3 7.0 21.0
60 1.52 0.63 16.0 0.68 17.3 7.0 21.0
O
60 1.52 0.66 16.8 0.71 18.0 7.0 21.0
J. 80 2.03 0.74 18.8 0.82 20.8 8.0 24.0
U0 80 2.03 0.77 19.6 0.87 22.1 8.0 24.0
WO 80 2.03 0.82 20.8 0.95 24.1 8.0 24.0
310 80 2.03 0.87 22.1 1.04 26.4 8.0 24.0
410 80 2.03 0.93 23.6 1.11 28.2 8.0 24.0
250 95 2.41 1.03 25.2 1.18 29.5 9.5 28.5
300 95 2.41 1.09 27.7 1.25 31.0 9.5 28.5
350 95 2.41 1.15 29.2 1.30 32.5 9.5 28.5
400 95 2.41 1.20 30.5 1.36 33.8 9.5 28.5
450 95 2.41 1.26 32.0 1.41 34.8 9.5 28.5
500 95 2.41 1.31 33.3 1.45 35.8 9.5 28.5
550 110 2.79 1.42 36.1 e.. ... 11.5 34.5
600 110 2.79 1.46 37.1 ... ... 11.5 34.5
650 110 2.79 1.50 38.1 ... ... 11.5 34.5
700 110 2.79 1.54 39.1 ... ... 11.5 34.5
750 110 2.79 1.58 40.1 ... ... 11.5 34.5
800 110 2.79 1.62 41.0 ... ... 11.5 34.5
900 110 2.79 1.69 43.O ... ... 11.5 34.5
lo00 110 2.79 1.76 44.7 ... ... 11.5 34.5
tSee Table 7-28.
cables shall be in accordance with Table7-17, and four- between the black and white power conductors. These
conductor cables shall be in accordance with Table7-18. cables shall be in accordance with Table7-19.
-E 7.4.4.3 lYPE G-GC, THREE-CONDUCTOR ROUND, 7.4.5 Type W and G, Five- and Six-Conductor,
WITH GROUNDING CONDUCTORS AND 0-2000 Volt Cables
GROUND CHECK CONDUCTOR Five-conductor cables shall be of one of two types:(1)
s
These cables shall consist of three power conductors V p e W, without agrounding conductor and (2) Type G,
that are separately covered with insulation, twoground- with agrounding conductor. Six-conductor cables shall
ing conductors (see 7.4.12), and one ground check con- be we W only.
ductor (see 7.4.11). Each power and ground check
conductor shall be separately covered with a colored 7.4.5.1 m E W, WITHOUT GROUNDINGCONDUCTOR
tape orbraid which maybe omitted if colored insulation These cables shall consist of five or six conductors
is used (see 7.4.15). All power, grounding,and ground which are separately covered with insulation.Each con-
check conductors and anynecessaryfillersshall be ductor shall be separately covered with colored tape or
cabled with aleft-hand lay inaccordance with Table 7-14 braid, which may be omitted if colored insulation is used
and covered with ajacket that meets the requirements (see 7.4.15). The conductors, together with any neces-
of 7.4.18. The ground check conductor shall be laid sary fillers, shall
be cabled with aleft-hand lay inaccord-
ance with Table 7-14 and covered with a jacket that

WC 7-1988
Page 66 KEA S a - 5 2 4
Table 7-16
O to 2000 Volts-Type W and G Two-Conductor Round Portable Power Cables
Conductor
Power Thickness
Insulation Oulside Diameter TekV
st Voltage,
Slu, AWG or kcmilt
mils mm inches mm AC Dc
8 60 1.52 0.81 20.5 7.0 21.0
6 60 1.52 0.93 23.6 7.0 21.0
4 60 1.52 1.08 27.4 7.0 21.0
3 60 1.52 1.17 29.7 7.0 21.0
2 60 L52 1.27 32.3 7.0 21.0
1 80 2.03 1.44 36.6 8.0 24.0
110 80 2.03 1.52 38.6 8.0 24.0
U0 80 2.03 1.65 41.9 8.0 24.0
310 80 2.03 1.77 45.0 8.0 24.0
410 80 2.03 1.92 48.8 8.0 24.0
250 95 2.41 2.10* 53.3* 9.5 28.5
300 95 2.41 2.22* 56.3* 9.5 28.5
350 95 2.41 2.36* 59.9* 9,5 28.5
400 95 2.41 2.47* 62.7* 9.5 28.5
450 95 2.41 2.60* 66.0* 9.5 28.5
500 95 2.41 2.70* 683* 9.5 28.5
*These cables require extra-heavy-duty jackets(see 75.1).
tSee Table 7-28.
Table 7-17
O to 2000 Volts-Type W and G Three-Conductor Round Portable Power Cables
Conductor
Power Thickness
Insulation Vollage,
Test
Oulside Diameter kV
Size, AWG or kcmilt
8 60 1.52 0.91 23.1 7.0 21.0
6 60 1.52 1.01 25.7 7.0 21.0
4 60 1.52 1.17 29.7 7.0 21.0
3 60 1.52 1.24 31.5 7.0 21.0
2 60 1.52 1.34 34.3 7.0 21.0
1 80 2.03 1.51 38.4 8.0 24.0
110 80 2.03 1.65 42.0 8.0 24.0
WO 80 2.03 1.75 44.0 8.0 24.0
310 80 2.03 1.89 48.0 8.0 24.0
410 80 2.03 2.04* 51.8* 8.0 24.0
250 95 2.41 2.39* 60.7* 9s 28,5
300 95 2.41 2.56* 65.0* 9.5 28.5
350 95 2.41 2.68* 68.1* 9.5 28.5
400 95 2.41 2.82* 71.6* 9.5 28.5
450 95 2.41 2.94* 74.7* 9.5 28.5
95 2.41 3.03* 77.7* 9.5 28.5
*These cables require extra-heavy-duty jackets
(see 75.1).
tSee Table 7-28,
e
WC 7-1988
ICEA 5-66-524 Page 67
Table 7-18
o to 2000 volts
Type W and G Four-Conductor Portable Power Cables
Power Conducfor Insulation
Diameter
Outside
Thickness Test Voltage,
kV
Siu, AWG or kcmilt
8 60 1.52 0.99 25.1 7.0 21.0
6 60 1.52 1.10 27.9 7.0 21.0
4 60 1.52 1.27 32.3 7.0 21.0
3 60 1.52 1.34 34.0 7.0 21.0
2 60 1.52 1.48 37.6 7.0 21.0
1 80 2.03 1.68 42.7 8.0 24.0
V0 80 2.03 1.79 45.5 8.0 24.0
U0 80 2.03 1.93 49.0 8.0 24.0
310 80 2.03 2.07* 52.6* 8.0 24.0
410 80 2.03 2.26* 57.4* 8.0 24.0
250 95 2.41 2.66* 67.6* 9.5 28.5
300 95 2.41 2.84* 72.1* 9.5 28.5
350 95 2.41 2.98* 75.7* 9.5 28.5
400 95 2.41 3.14* 79.8* 9.5 28.5
450 95 2.41 3.26* 82.8* 9.5 28.5
500 95 2.41 3.40* 86.4* 9.5 28.5
*These cables require extra-heavy-duty jackets
(see 75.1).
t h Table 7-28.
Table 7-19
o to 2000 volts
Type G-GC Three-Conductor Round Portable Power Cables
with Two Grounding Conductors and One Ground Check Conductor
Conductor
Power Esch Grounding
Ground
Check
Conductor Insulation Thickness Conducfor
Conductor
Diameter
Outside
Test Voltage,
kV
s 4 Size,
Number of Minimum Insulation
AWGor mils
mm AWGThickness,
Size,
WIresper inches mm AC Dc
kcmilt
Conducfor AWG mils
~~
10
8 49 60 10 1.52 21.0 7.030 24.6 0.97
106 49 60 10 1.52 21.0 7.0 30 26.6 1.05
4 60 1.52 8 49 2110
.0 7.0 30 30.2 1.19
3 60 1.52 8 10 49 21.0 7.0 30 31.7 1.25
b
2 60 1.52 7 10 49 21.0 7.0 30 34.3 1.34
1 80 2.03 6 133 8 45 1.51 38.4 8.0 24.0
V0 80 2.03 5 133 8 45 1.65 42.0 8.0 24.0
U0 80 2.03 4 133 8 45 1.75 44.0 8.0 24.0
310 80 2.03 3 133 8 45 1.89 48.0 8.0 24.0
410 80 2.03 2 133 8 45 2.04* 51.8* 8.0 24.0
2502.41 95 2 133 8 45 2.39* 60.7* 9.5 28.5
3002.41 95 1 133 8 45 2.56" 65.0* .9.5 28.5
350 2.41 95 110 259 8 45 2.68* 68.1* 9.5 28.5
400 2.41 95 110 259 8 45 2.82* 71.6* 9.5 28.5
450 2.41 95 210 259 8 45 2.94" 74.7* 9.5 28.5
500 2.41 95 210 259 8 45 3.03" 77.7* 9.5 28.5
*These cables require extra-heavy-duty jackets 75.1).
(see
$See Table 7-28.

WC 7-88 h470247 0007L30 I.I -
WC 7-1988
meets the requirements of 7.4.18.These cables shall be conductor, The assembly shall be covered with a jacket
in accordance with Table 7-20. These cables shall be that meetsthe requirements of 7.4.18.These cables shall
used forthe internal wiring of equipment only. be in accordance with Table7-22.
7.4.6 Type PG, Two- and Threepower 7.4.8 Type G,Three-conductor Round with
Conductors with Single Grounding Grounding Conductors, 2001-5000Volts
Conductor, 0-2000 Volts These cables shall consist of three power conductors
These cables shall consistof two or three power con- that are separately covered with insulation. Each power
ductors that are separately covered with insulation. conductor shall be separately coveredwith a colored
Each power conductor shall be separately covered with tape (see 7.4.15). The power conductors, together with
a coloredtape or braid,which maybe omitted if colored the grounding conductors (see7.4.12), and any neces-
insulation is used (see 7.4.15). The power conductors, sary fillers, shallbe cabled with a left-hand lay in accord-
together with a single grounding conductor 7.4.12) (see ance with Table 7-14 and covered with a jacket that
and any necessary fillers, be shall
cabled with a left-hand meets the requirements of 7.4.18.The cables shallbe in
lay in accordance with lhble 7-14 and covered with a accordance with Table 7-23.
jacket that meets the requirements of 7.4.18. These
cables shallbe in accordance with Table 7-21. 7.4.9 Type SH, SHC-GC, SHD, and SHD-GC
Shielded Cables, O-25,000Volts
7.4.7 Type PCG, Two- and Three- Power
Conductors with Control Conductors and 7.4.9.1 n P E SHSINGLE-CONDUCTORCABLES,
Single Grounding Conductor, 0-2000Volts 2001-25000 VOLTS
These cables shall consistof two or three power con- These cables shall consistof an insulated conductor
ductors andtwo No. 10 AWG control conductors all of covered with a tape, a shield that meets the require-
which are separately covered withinsulation.Each ments of 7.4.16 with or without a tape over the shield,
power and control conductor shall be separately and a jacket that meets the requirements of 7.4.18.The
covered with a tape or braid, except that on power cables shall be in accordance with Table
7-24.
conductors thistape or braidmay be omittedif colored
7.4.9.2 TVPE SHC-GC THREE-CONDUCTOR CABLES
insulation is used (see7.4.15). The power conductors, 2000 VOLTS OR LESS
together with two control conductors and a single
grounding conductor, shall be cabled together with a These cables shall consist of three power conductors
left-hand lay in accordance with Table 7-14. Each con- that are separately covered with insulation. Each power
trol conductor shall be inseparate
a interstice between conductor shall be separately covered with a colored
the power conductors:the black control conductor shall tape or braid, which may be omitted if colored insulation
be betweenthe black and white power conductors, and is used (see 7.4.15). The power conductors, together
the white control conductor adjacent to the white power with two groundingconductors (see7.4.12), one ground
Table 7-20
o to 2000 Volts
Type W and G, Five- and Six-conductor Portable Power.Cables
ounding Power
Conductor Crype G ) Oulside Diameter
S b Mininlunl Five-conductor
AwGi Insulation Thickness Size, Number of Type W and G Six-conductorTypeW Test Voltage, kV
mlls mm
AWG strands
inches m inches mm AC M!
8 60 1.52 8 49 1.07 27.2 1.18 30.0 7.0 21.0
6 60 1.52 7 49 1.21 30.7 1.31 33.3 7.0 21.0
4 60 1.52 5 133 1.40 35.6 1.52 38.6 7.0 21.0
3 60 133
1.52 4 1.48 37.6 1.61 40.9 7.0 21.0
2 60 133
1.52 3 1.61 40.9 1.75 44.4 7.0 21.0
1 80 2.03 2 133 1.88 47.8 2.05* 52.1* 8.0 24.0
T
'h
es
ecables require extra-heavy-duty jackets (see 7.5.1).
tSee Table 7-28.

WC 7-1988
Table 7-21
O to 2000 Volts, Type PG Two- and Three-Conductor PowerCables
Conductor-
Power
Power
Grounding
Conductor
Outside Diameter
Conductor Insulation Thickness
Strands, Minimum Two-conductor
Cables
Three-conductor
Cables Test Voltage, kV
Size, AWG
AWG Number
or kcmilt mils mm mm inches mm AC Dc
of Strands inches
8 60 1.52 8 49 0.84 21.3 0.93 23.6 7.0 21.0

6 60 1.52 8 49 0.93 23.6 1.03 26.2 7.0 21.0
4 60 1.52 6 49 1.08 27.4 1.20 30.5 7.0 21.0
3 60 1.52 6 49 1.17 29.7 1.27 32.3 7.0 21.0
2 60 1.52 5 133 1.27 32.3 1.34 34.0 7.0 21.0
1 80 2.03 4 133 1.44 36.6 1.52 38.6 8.0 24.0
110 80 2.03 3 133 1.52 38.6 1.68 42.7 8.0 24.0
U0 80 2.03 2 133 1.65 41.9 1.79 45.5 8.0 24.0
310 80 2.03 1 133 1.77 45.0 1.93 49.0 8.0 24.0
410 80 2.03 110 259 1.92 48.8 2.13* 54.1* 8.0 24.0
250 95 2.41 210 259 2.16* 54.9* 2.39* 60.7* 9.5 28.5
~~ ~ ~
*These cables require extra-heavy-dutyjackets (see 7.5.1).

tSeeTable 7-28.
Table 7-22
O to 2000 Volts, Type PCG*Two- and Three-Conductor Portable Power
Cables
Conductor-
Power
Power
Grounding
Conductor
Outside - Diameter
Conductor Insulation Thickness
Strands, Minimum Two-conductor
Cables Thee-conductor Cables Test Voltage, kV
a Size, AWG
or kcmilt m mmils
8 60
mm
1.52
AWG
8
Number
of Strands
49 0.94 23.9
inches
1.03
mm
26.2
AC
7.0
Dc
21.0
6 60 1.52 8 49 0.98 24.9 1.18 30.0 7.0 21.0
4 60 1.52 6 49 1.10 27.9 1.29 32.8 7.0 21.0
3 60 1.52 6 49 1.20 30.5 1.31 33.3 7.0 21.0
2 60 1.52 5 133 1.29 32.8 1.39 35.3 7.0 21.0
1 80 2.03 4 133 1.44 36.6 1.52 38.6 8.0 24.0
U0 80 2.03 3 133 1.52 38.6 1.68 42.7 8.0 24.0
210 80 2.03 2 133 1.65 41.9 1.79 45.5 8.0 24.0
80 2.03 1 133 1.77 45.0 1.93 49.0 8.0 24.0
310
410 80 259
2.03 110 1.92 48.8 2.13* 54.1*
24.0 8.0
P 250 95 2.41 210 259 2.16 54.9* 2.39* 60.7* 9.5 28.5
*These cables require extra-heavy-dutyjackets (see 75.1).
tSee Table 7-28.

$Controlconductors for all PCG cables shall be size 10 AWG, with aminimum of 49 strands and30 mils (0.76 mm) insulation and, if necessary,
a braid covering. The ac test voltage shall be 3.0 kV for 15 seconds.

WC 7-88
64702470009132 8 r
WC 7-1988
Page 70 ICEA 5-66-524
Table 7-23
2001 to5000 Volts Type G Three-conductor Portable Power Cables
Power Con- InsulationThickness
Thickness
Jacket Oulside Diameter
Test Volhe, kV ~
ductor Size,
AWG or
mils mm mils mm . inches mm AC Dc
kcmilt
6 110 2.79 155 3.94 1.37 34.8 13.0 35.0

4 110 2.79 170 4.32 1.55 39.3 13.0 35.0
3 110 2.79 170 4.32 1.62 41.1 13.0 35.0
2 110 2.79 190 4.83 1.75 44.4 13.0 35.0
1 110 2.79 190 4.83 1.84 46.7 13.0 35.0
e
110 110 2.79 205 5.21 l.% 49.7 13.0 35.0
WO 110 2.79 205 5.21 2.08* 52.8* 13.0 350
310 110 2.79 205 5.21 2.m* 55.9* 13.0 35.0 .L
410 110 2.79 220 5.59 2.38* 60.4* 13.0 35.0

*These cables require extra-heavy-dutyjackets (see 7.4.1).
tSee Table 7-28.
check conductor (see7.4.11), and any necessary fillers ments of 7.4.18. The ground check conductor shallbe
shall be cabled with a left-hand lay
in accordance with laid between the black and white power conductors.
llble 7-14. The ground check conductor shall be laid These cables shall be in accordance llblewith 7-26.
between the black and white power conductors. The
assembly shallbe covered with a shield that meetsthe 7.4.10PowerConductors
requirements of 7.4.16 and a jacket that meets the re-
7.4.1 O. 1 Power conductors shall be madeof annealed
quirements of 7.4.18. The cables shall
be in accordance
coated or uncoated copper wires in accordance with
with Table7-25.
Section 2. A separator may be used.
7.4.9.3 TYPE SHD THREE-CONDUCTOR CABLES,
25,000 VOLTS OR LESS 7.4.10.2 The sizes, strandings, and nominal diameters
of the conductors shallinbe accordancewith Table7-28.
These cables shall consist of three power conductors
that are separately covered with insulation, a colored 7.4.10.3 Conductor stress control shall bein accord-
tape (see 7.4.15), and a shield that meets the require- ance with2.7.
ments of 7.4.16, and three grounding conductors (see
Table 7-28), one in each interstice. 7.4.1 1 Control and Ground Check Conductors
All power and grounding conductors and any neces- The control conductors for m e PCG shall be no
sary fillers shall
be cabled with a left-hand lay in accord- smaller thanNo. 10AWG. The ground check conductor
ance with llble 7-14 and covered with a jacket that for m e s G-GC, SHC-GC, and SHD-GCshall be given
meets the requirementsof 7.4.18. These cables shall be in Tables 7-19,7-25, and 7-26.
in accordancewith Table7-26. A minimum of 49 strands of annealed coated or un-
coated copper wire shall be used.A separator may be
7.4.9.4 TVPE SHD-GCTHREE-CONDUCTORCASUS, used. In all other characteristics,the conductors shall
25,000 VOLTS OR LESS meet the requirements of 7.4.10.
These cables shall consistof three power conductors
that are separately coveredwith insulation, a colored 7.4.12GroundingConductors
tape (see 7.4.15) and a shield that meets the require-
ments of 7.4.16, and two grounding conductors (see 7.4.12.1 The grounding conductors for two-, three-
Table 7-28) and onegroundcheckconductor(see and four-conductor round Vpe G, SHC-GC, SHD, and
7.4.11). SHD-GC shall be annealed copperof not less thanthe
All powerconductors,groundingconductors,the size and number of wires in Table 7-28 for the cor-
ground check conductor, and any necessary fillers shall responding power conductor sizes. In all other charac-
be cabled with a left-hand lay in accordance with Table teristics they shall meet
the requirements of 7.4.10.
7-14 and covered with a jacket that meets the require-

WC 7-88 D 6470247 0 0 0 7 1 3 3 T r
WC 7-1988
Table 7-24
Type SH Single-conductor Portable Power Cables for100 Percent Insulation Level Only
Power Con- InsulationThickness Thickness
Jacket
Outside
Diameter+
Test Vollage, kV
duclor She,
AWG or
mils mm mils mm inches mm AC M:
kcmilt
2001 to 5000 Volts
110 2.79
2.79 110
.~ o."m
0.7 195 13.0
...
~ ~ S..
110 2.79 110 2.79 2.79

0.82 0.82 20.8 13.0
110 2.79 0.85
110 2.79
2.79 0.85 215 13.0 ...
110 2.79
3.18 125 3.18 0.92 23.3 13.0 ...
110 2.79 125 3.18 O.% 24.3 13.0 . I .
f
110 2.79 140 356 1.04 26.4 13.0 ...
110 2.79 140 3.56 1.07 27.1 13.0 ...
110 23.94
.79 155 1.18 29.9 13.0 ...
110 23.94
.79 155 1.24 315 13.0 ...
120 3.94
3.05 155 1.32 335 13.0 ...
120 3.05 170 4.32 1.37 34.8 13.0 ...
120 3.05 1.47
170 4.32 37.3 13.0 ...
120 34.83
.05 190 1.62 41.1 13.0 ...
5001 to 8000 Volts
150 3.81 125 3.18 0.97 24.6 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 140 356 1.03 26.1 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 140 3.56 1.O7 27.1 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 140 . 356 1.12 28.4 18.0 45.0
1.19
150 3 .94
3.81 155 ~~ 30.2 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 155 3.94 1.24 315 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 155 3.94 1.30 33.0 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 155 3.94 1.37 34.8 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 170
1.45 4.32 36.8 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 170 4.32 152 38.6 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 170 4.32 1.57 39.9 18.0 45.0
150 34.83
.81 190 1.76 44.7 18.0 45.0
8001 to 15,000 Volts
210 5.33 155
1.22 3.94 30.9 27.0 70.0
210 5.33 155 3.94 1.26 32.0 27.0 70.0
1.31
210 3.94
5.33 155 ~ ~~ 33.2 27.0 70.0
210 5.33 155 3.94 1.36 345 27.0 70.0
210 5.33 170 4.32 1.46 37.0 27.0 70.0
210 5.33 170 4.32 152 38.6 27.0 70.0
210 5.33
4.32 170 157 39.9 27.0 70.0
210 5.33 170
1.64 4.32 41.6 27.0 70.0
210 5.33 190 ' 4.83 1.73 43.9 27.0 70.0
210 5.33
4.83 190 1.88 47.7 27.0 70.0
15001 to 25,000 Volts
295 7.49 170 4.32 1.49 37.8 38.0 100.0
295 7.49 170 4.32 154 39.1 38.0 100.0
295i59 7.49
4.32 170 40.4 38.0 100.0
295 7.49 170 4.32 1.64 41.6 38.0 100.0
295 7.49 190 4.83 1.74 44.2 38.0 100.0
295
1.79 1.49
4.83 190 45.5 38.0 100.0
295 7.49 190
1.86 4.83 47.2 38.0 100.0
350 " -
29s 7.49
4.83 190 1.91 48.5 "._
wn 100.0
500 537.. ._
.349 2.10 5.21 38.0 100.0
*These cables require extra-heavydutyjackets (see 7.5.1).
$SeeTable 7-28.

WC 7-1988
Table 7-25
2000Volts o to
Type SHC-GC Threeconductor Portable Power Cable for100 Percent Insulation Level Only
Power Con- Power
Conductor Insulation Ground
Jacket Thickness Outside
Diameter* AC Test
ductor Size, Thickness Con-Check Voltage, kV
AWG or ductor Size,
mils mm mils mm inches mm
kcmilt AWG
6 70 155
1.78 10 3.94 1.27
7.0 32.2
4 70 155
1.78 10 3.94 1.39
7.0 35.3
3 70 170
1.78 10 4.32 7.0
1.49 37.8
2 70 170
1.78 10 4.32 1.57
7.0 39.9
1 80 1.78 8 190 4.83 1.75
8.0 44.4
110 80 2.03 8 190 4.83 1.85
8.0 47.0
WO 80 2.03 8 205 5.21 1.99 50.5 8.0
310 80 2.03 8 205 5.21 2.11
8.0 53.6
410 80 2.03 8 220 5.59 2.29
8.0 58.2
2.41
250 95 8 220 5.59 2.46
9.5 62.5
300 95 2.41 8 235 5.97 2.63
9.5 66.8
350 95 2.41 8 235 5.97 2.75
9.5 69.8
500
2.41 95 8 265 6.73 3.14
9.5 79.8
These cables require extra-heavy-duty jackets
(see 75.1).
t&e Table 7-28.
7.4.12.2 The grounding conductors for three conduc- 7.4.13.2THICKNESS OF INSULATION

tor round 'Qpe G-GC shall meet the requirements of
7.4.10 and shall be of the size and stranding given in
Table 7-19.
The average thicknessof the insulation on the power
conductors shall be not less than that given in Tables7-15
through 7-26. In these tables, the highest rated circuit
a
voltagegiven in the titles, represents the maximum
7.4.12.3 The single grounding conductor for five con-
operating voltage recommended for that thickness of
ductor lLpe G and for 'Qpe PG and PCG cables shall insulation. The average thicknessof insulation shallbe
meet the requirements of 7.4.10 and shall be of the size
not less than 30 mils (0.76 mm) on the 10 AWG control
and stranding given in Tables 7-20,7-21, and 7-22.
and ground check conductors and not less than 45 mils
7.4.12.4 The grounding conductors for ?)yes G, G- (1.14 mm) on the 8 AWG ground check conductors,
GC, PG, PCG, and SHC-GC cables shallbe covered or The minimum thickness shall not be less than 90percent
uncovered. The grounding conductors for v p e s SHD of the specified average values,
and SHD-GC shall be uncovered. When used, the outer
7.4.14 TapesandBraids
covering overthe grounding conductor shall be green in
color. Tapes and braids if used over the insulation shallbe
suitable for the intended purpose.
7.4.13
Insulation
7.4.15ConductororCircuitIdentification
7.4.13.1 CLASSES Identification shall be by any suitable means in ac-
The insulation shall meet the requirements given in cordance with the color sequence given in7.4.15.1 and
Section 3. 7.4.15.2. When a conducting nonmetallic tape is used
over the insulated conductors, it shall be plainly iden-
tified as being conducting.

WC 7-1988
Table 7-26
for 100 Percent Insulation LevelOnly
Type SHD and SHD-GC Three-conductor Portable Power Cables
Power Con- Power
Conductor
Ground
Jacket Thickness Oulside Diameter*
Voltage,
Test kV
ductor Size, Insulation Thickness Check
Con-
AWG or ductor Size,
kcmilt mils mm mils mm inches mm AC Dc
AWG (Type
SEID-GC)
o to 2000 Volts
70 1.78 3.94
10 155 1.29 32.8 7.0 ...
70 1.78 3.94
10 155 1.40 35.6 7.0 ...
70 1.78 10 170 4.32 1.51 38.3 7.0 ...
70 1.78 8 170 4.32 1.59 40.4 7.0 ...
80 2.03 4.83
8 190 1.76 44.7 8.0 ...
80 2.03 8 1% 4.83 1.86 47.2 8.0
...
1..
80 2.03 8 205 5.21 2.00 50.8 8.0

80 2.03 5.21
8 205 2.13 54.1 8.0 ...
80 2.03 8 220 559 2.31 58.7 8.0 ...
95 2.41 8 220 559 2.51 63.8 9.5 ...
9s 2.41 5.97
8 235 2.68 68.1 9.5 ...
95 2.41 5.97
8 235 2.81 71.4 9.5
...
1..
95 2.41 8 265 6.73 3.19 81.0 9.5

2001 to 5000 Volts
110 2.79 4.70
8 185 1.56 39.6 13.0 ...
110 2.79 4.70
8 185 1.68 42.6 13.0 ...
110 2.79 5.21
8 205 1.78 45.2 13.0 ...
110 2.79 8 205 5.21 1.87 47.5 13.0 ...
110 2.79 5.21
8 205 1.95 49.5 13.0 ...
110 2.79 8 220 5.59 2.08 52.8 13.0 ...
110 2.79 8 220 559 2.20 55.8 13.0 ...
110 2.79 8 235 5.97 2.36 59.9 13.0 . S .
110 2.79 8 235 5.97 2.50 63.5 13.0 . S .
120 3.05 8 250 6.35 2.69 68.3 13.0 .+.

120
120
3.05
3.05
8
8
250
26.5
6.35
6.73
2.81
2.95
71.4
74.9
13.0
13.0
...
.I.
120 3.05 8 280 7.11 3.31 84.0 13.0 ...

5001 to 8000 Volts
150 3.81 8 205 5.21 1.94 49.3 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 5.21
8 205 2.02 51.3 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 8 220 5.59 2.12 53.8 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 8 220 5.59 2.21 56.1 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 5.59
8 220 2.32 58.9 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 5.97
8 235 2.46 62.5 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 8 250 6.35 2.62 66.5 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 8 250 6.35 2.75 69.8 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 8 250 6.35 2.89 73.4 18.0 45.0
c 150 3.81 6.73
8 26s 3.04 77.2 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 7.11
8 280 3.20 81.3 18.0 45.0
150 3.81 7.49
8 295 3.56 90.4 18.0 45.0
8001 to 15000 Volts
210 5.33 5.97
8 235 2.41 61.2 27.0 70.0
210 5.33 8 235 5.97 2.52 64.0 27.0 70.0
210 5.33 8 250 6.35 2.64 67.0 27.0 70.0
210 5.33 8 250 6.35 2.73 69.8 27.0 70.0
210 5.33 8 265 6.73 2.90 73.6 27.0 70.0
210 5.33 8 265 6.73 3.05 77.4 27.0 70.0
15001 to 25000 Volts
7.49 8
6.62 265 2.95 74.9 38.0 100.0
170 7.49 6.62
8 26.5 3.05 77.4 38.0 100.0
210 7.49 8 280 6.90 3.20 81.2 38.0 100.0
310 7.49 8 280 6.90 3.33 84.5 38.0 100.0
8 7.49 295 38.0 100.0
*These cables require extm-heavy-duty jackets
(see 7.5.1).
tSee Table 7-28.

WC 7-1988
Page 74 K E A S-66624
7.4.15.1POWERCONDUCTORS
'Avo-conductor cables
All types black,
Three-conductor cables
~~~
m eG
~
m eG-GC,
sPG,
PCG, SHD*, SHD-GC*,
SHC-GC
and
black,
white,
red
greenVPeW white, black,
Four-conductor cables
orange VPeG red, white, black,
m e w white, black, red, green
Five-conductor cables
l)lpe blue red, orange,
orange VPeW green, red, white, black,
Six-conductor cables
m e w white,
blue black,
orange, red, green,
*When conducting nonmetallic
tapes are used, identificationmay be by means of stripes or printing in a contrasting
color.
7.4.15.2CONTROL AND GROUND

CHECKCONDUCTORS
~ ~~
ductors, PCG
Control 'Zfipe
conductor,
Ground
check
G-GC, m e SHD-GC,
and m e SHC-GC
yellow
7.4.16
Shielding P = Picks per inch
7.4.1 6.1 The shielding for?$pes SH, SHD, SHC-GC 7.4.16.3METALWIRESHIELDS
and SHD-GC cables shall consist of non-magnetic Where the shielding is applied the form
in of a serving
wires. or wrap,the coverage shallbe not less than60 percent
Where copper or copper alloy wires are used, they as determinedby the following formula:
shall be coated in accordancewith 2.1.1.
Nd
Percentcoverage = - X 100
7.4.16.2METALBRAIDSHIELDS W
When shielding is applied thein
form of a metal braid, Where -
the coverage shall
be not less than84 percent as deter- N = Number of parallel wires
mined bythe following formula: d = Diameter of individual wiresin inches
Percent coverage = 100 (2F-9) W=nDcosa
D = Diameter under shield in inches
Where- a = Angle between serving wires and axis of cable
NPd D
F= - Tana=n-
sin a C
- of braid withaxis of cable
a = Angle C = Pitch of serving in inches
2zDP
Tana= -
C 7.4.17Conductor Assembly
d = Diameter of individual braid wires in inches For round cables,the insulated conductors, together
C = Number of carriers with grounding conductors and ground check conduc-
D = Diameter under shieldin inches tor when required and any necessary fillers, shall be
N = Number of wiresper carrier

\
WC 7-1988
Table 7-27
Jacket Thicknesses for Types and Sizes of Portable Cables Not Covered by Tables 7-15 through 7-26
0.325 and less 8.26 and less 1.821-2.050 5.59

46.25-52.07 220
0.326-0.430 8.28-10.92 2.051-2.300 52.10-58.42
5.97 235
0.431-0.540 10.95-15.72 2.301-2.550 58.45-64.77
6.35 250
0.541-0.640 13.7416.26 2.551-2.800 64.80-71.12
6.73 265
8.74
2.801-3.100
16.28-18.80
0.641-0.740
0.741-0.850 18.82-21.59 3.101-3.500 7.49
78.77-88.90 295
0.851-1.100 21.62-27.94 3.501-3.950 88.93-100.33
7.87 310
Table 7-28
Conductors
Power Conductors T Grounding Conductors(Round Cables)
Threesonductor
Diameter of Conductor Two-conductor Type SHD-GC and Threesonductor Four-conductor
Each Wire Diameter Type G Cables Type SHC-GC Type G Cables "pe G Cables
Mini- Cables
mum Sizeof Mini-
Size of Mini- Size of Mini- Size of Mini-
Conduc- Number
Ground- mum Ground- mum Ground- mum Ground- mum
tor Size, of Wires h g Con- Number ing Con- Number ing Con- Number ing Con- Number
AWG or per Con-
kcmil ductor ductors, of Wires ductors, of Wires ductors, of Wires ductors, of Wires
mlls mm inches mm AWG per Con- AWG per Con- AWC per Con- AWG per Con-
ductor ductor ductor ductor
8 18.4 49 0.4670.166 4.22 10 19 ... ... 12 19 12 19

6 23.1 49 0.587 0.208 5.28 10 19 10 19 19 10 12 19
4 29.2 49 0.7420.263 6.68 8 49 8 49 8 19
49 10
3 32.8 49 0.8330.295 7.49 6 49 7 49 8 19
49 10
2 133 22.3 0.5660.3358.51 6 133 6 133 8 49 9 49
1 153 25.1 0.638
0.3779.58 5 133 5 133 7 49 8 49
U0 133 28.2 0.7160.42310.74 4 133 4 133 6 133 7 49
U0 133 31.6 0.8030.47412.04 3 133 3 133 5 133 6 133
310 25.5
259 0.648 0.536 13.61 2 259 2 133 4 133 5 133
410 28.6
259 0.7260.60115.27 1 259 1 133 3 133 4 133
250 259 31.1 0.7900.65316.59 110 259259 110 2 259 3 133
300 259 34.0 0.864 0.71418.14 110 259259 110 1 259 3 153
350 259 36.8 0.9340.77319.63 210 259 U0 259 1 259 2 259
400 39.3
259 0.9980.825 20.% 310 259 310 259 110 259 1 259
450 41.7
259 1.0600.87622.25 310 259 310 259 110 259 1 259
500 43.9
259 1.115 0.92223.42 410 259 410 259 210 259259 110
550 35.9
427 0.9120.%924.61 m.. ... ... ... ... ...... ...
600 37.5
427 0.9521.01325.73 a.. ... ... ... ... ...... ...
650 39.0
427 0.9911.05326.75 ... ... ... ...... ... ... ...
700 40.5
427 1.0291.09427.79 ..I ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
750 41.9
427 1.064 1.131 28.73 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
800 427 433 1.1001.16929.69 ... ... ... ... ... ...... ...
900 45.9
427 1.166 1.239.31.47 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
loo0 48.4
1.229
427
1.307
33.20 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

WC 7-1988
Page 76 ICEA 5-66624
cabled with a left-hand lay. For w e s SHD and SHD- 7.4.18.1.2 HEAVY-DUTY NEOPRENE JACKET
GC cables,the grounding conductors shall be in contact Physical requirements
with the metallic shields. Suitable fillersbeshall
used to
produce an essentially round cross-sectionin the com- %mile strength, minimum
pleted cable. When required, a binder tape and/or psi 180
threads shall be usedover the conductor assembly. 2
kgflmm 1.27
7.4.18 Jackets
Tensile stress at200 percent elongation,minimum
7.4.18.1 GENERAL psi 500
The jacket shall be applied in one or two layers. If kgf/mm2
applied in two layers,the outer jacket shall constitute at
least 50 percent of the total thickness of jacket. The Elongation
at
rupture,
minimum,
percent 300
single-layer jacket and the outer layer of a two-layer Set, maximum, percent 20
jacket shall meet the applicable requirements of
7.4.18.1.1,7.4.18.1.2,7.4.18.1.3,7.4.18.1.4,7.4.18.1.5, Aging requirements
7.4.18.1.6,7.4.18.1.7, or 7.4.18.1.8. After air oven test at
100"Cfl"C for 168
Single- or two-layer jackets be shall
reinforced by two hours - tensile strength and elongation at
servings or a braid of a suitable natural or synthetic rupture, minimum percentage of unaged value 50
material. The diameter of the reinforcing material shall
be not greater than35 mils (0.89 mm). If two servings After oil immersion test at 121"Cf1"C for 18
are used, they shall be applied in opposite directions of hours -tensile strength and elongation, mini-
lay. The reinforcing shall be under the single-layer jack- mum, percentage of unaged
value 60
et and under or between the layers of the two-layer
construction. 7.4.18.1.3EXTRA-HEAVY-DUTYNITRILE-
BUTADIENE/POLWINYL-CHLORIDE
7.4.18.1.1EXTRA-HEAVY-DUTY-NEOPRENEJACKET JACKET*
Physical requirements Physical requirements
Tensile strength, minimum Tensile strength, minimum
psi psi 2400 2400
kgf/mm2 kgf/mm2 1.69 1.69
~
Tensile stress at200 percent elongation, minimum Tensile stress at200 percent elongation, minimum
psi psi 700 700
kgf/mm2 kgf/mm2 0.49
Elongation
at rupture, minimum,
percent 300 Elongation
at
rupture,
minimum,
percent
300
Set, maximum, percent 20 Set, maximum, percent 30
Tear, minimum Tear, minimum
per pounds inch 40per pounds 40
kgflmm kgflmm 0.71 0.71
Aging requirements Aging requirements
After air oven test at
100"C+l°Cfor 168 After air oven test at
100"Cfl"C for 168
hours - tensile strength and elongation at hours - tensile strength and elongation at
rupture, minimum percentage of unaged value 50 rupture, minimum percentage of unaged value 50
After oil immersion test at l21"C+ 1°C for 18 After oil immersion test at 121"C+l"C18for
hours- tensile strength and elongation, mini- hours -tensile strength and elongation,
mini-
mum, percentage of unaged
value 60 mum, percentage of unaged
value
60
*Suitable fora minimum temperature of -1O'C (14°F).

KEA S66-524 WC 7-1992
Page 77
7.4.18.1.4 HEAW-Dun NITRILE- 7.4.18.1.6

EXTFU-HEAW-DLITY
BUTADIENEJPOLWINYL- CHLOROSULFONATED POLYETHYLENE
JACKET*
CHLORIDE
~ Physical requirements
psi 2400
mi 1800
MPa 16.55
knf/mm2 1.27
psi 700
psi 500 MPa 4.83
kgf/mm2 0.35 ~- ~ ~ ~
~~ ~~ ~~ ~~~ ~ Elongation
at
rupture, minimum, percent 300
Elongation at
- ~~ 30
Tear, minimum
Aging requirements
per pounds inch 40
After air oven test at 10OoC~1"C for 168
KN/m 7.01
hours - tensile strength and elongation at
rupture, minimum percentage of unaged value 50 Aging requirements
-~ ~
After oil immersion test at 121°C+1"C for 18 After air oven test at 10OoC~1"C
for 168 hours
hours - tensile strength and elongation, mini- Tensile strength, minimum, percentage of un-
mum, percentage of unaged value 60
aged value 70
'Suitable for a minimum temperatureof-10"C (14°F). Elongation at rupture, minimum, percentage
of unaged value 60
7.4.18.1.5 HEAW-DunCHLOROSULFONATED
POLYETHYLENE After oil immersion test at 121"CItl"Cfor 18
Physical requirements hours- tensile strength and elongation, mini-
mum, percentage of unaged value 60
psi 1800 7.4.18.1.7CHLORINATEDPOLYETHYLENE,
HEAVY
~~ ~ ~~ ~~ ~
Dun, CROSSL~NKED
kgflmm2- 1.27
Tensile stress at200 percent elongation, minimum ~~ ~ - ~~

psi 500 ~
psi 1800
kgflmm2 035
MPa 12.41
Elongation at
psi
Aging requirements
MPa 3.45
After air oven test at 10OoC~1"Cfor 168
hours - tensile strength, minimum, percent- Elongation
at
age of unaged value 85 Set, maximum, percent 30
Elongation at rupture, minimum, percentage Aging requirements
of unaged value 65
After air oven test at 100"C-Cl"Cfor 168 hours
After oil immersion test at 121"Ck1°C for 18
hours- tensile strength and elongation, mini- Tensile strength, minimum, percentage of un-
mum, percentage of unaged value 60 aged value 85

WC 7-1 992 ICEA S66-524
Page 78
Elongation at rupture, minimum, percentage

of unaged value 55
After oil immersion test at l21"Ckl"C for 18
-
hours tensile strengthand elongation at rup-
ture, minimum, percentageofunaged value 60
7.4.18.1.8-7.4.2.1
Text deleted.
7.5 NONSHIELDED
SINGLE-CONDUCTOR
POWER CABLE
7.5.1 Scope
This section covers
nonshielded singleconductor
nonjacketed and jacketed power cable with mss-linked-
thermosetting-polyethylene insulation intended foruse at
2001 to SOO0 volts at 100 percent insulation level and
2001 to 3000 volts at 133 percent insulation level under
conditions where shields cannot be adequately grounded
or where spaceis inadequate for proper terminationof the
shielding, as follows (see4.2 and AppendixG):
1. Single Conductors
Unspliced
a. cables in random lay in
groundedmetal conduit indoors above
grade in dry location.
b. Mounted on insulators in free air.
2. Triplexed Single Conductors (Factory
Assembled)-In conduit or cable trays
indoors above grade in dry locations.
3. Single and Triplexed Conductors-Aerially,
field spun to a grounded messenger.

WC 7-1988
permitted, they should

be bound togetherto keep the phase conduc- with 6.14 and 6.15 and shall meet
the following require-
tors in contact with each
other. ments.
NOTE 2"Pulhg compounds should be nonconducting. (For the Table 7-29
puqxxes of NEMA, these notes are approved as Authorized En- Nonjacketed Cable
gineering Information.)
Conductor Insulation Thickness Test Voltage,
kV
7.5.2
Conductors Size,AWG mils
or kcmil
mm AC Dc
The conductors shallbe copper or aluminum in ac-
The conductor sizes shall be as , ~2.79
cordancewith Section 2. l O 110 l3 35
given in Table 7-29. 225-500 120 3.05 l3 35
7.5.3
Insulation 525-1000 130 3.30 13 35
e
The insulation shall be cross-linked-thermosetting

polyethylene which meets the requirementsof 3.7. Table 7-30
Cables with Jackets
7.5.3.1 Nonjacketed cables shall have a carbon-black
Conductor Insulation Jacket Testvoltage,
pigmented insulationto provide resistanceto sunlight. Size, AWG or Thickness Thickness kV
The average thicknessof the insulation shallbe not less kcmil
mils mm mils mm AC DC
than that given in Table 7-29.The minimum thickness
shallbe not less than
90 percent of the value inthe table. 8-6 90 2.29 30 0.76 l3 35
Where installation conditions require additional 4-210 90 2.29 45 1.14 13 35
mechanical protection, the average insulation thickness
shall be increased by 30 mils (0.76 mm) or a jacketed 310-1000 90 2.29 65 1.65 13 35
cable shallbe used.
7.5.6.1.1ACVOLTAGETEST
7.5.3.2 The average thickness of the insulation for (See 6.14.) The conductor shall withstandthe ac test
jacketed cabless h d be not less than
90 mils (2.29 mm) voltage givenin Table 7-29 or 7-30 5for
minutes, except
and the minimum thickness shall be not less than81mils that thedc voltage test maybe substituted.
(2.06mm).
7.5.6.1.2 INSUUTION RESISTANCE
7.5.4
Jacket
(See 6.15.) The conductor shall have an insulation
For jacketed cables, a jacket that meets the require- resistance not less than that corresponding to a constant
ments of4.4.1polyvinyl chloride, 4.4.3 chlorinated of 20,OOO at 15.6"C (60°F).
polyethylene (thermoplastic),7.3.7.1 neoprene, 7.3.7.2
nitrile-butadienelpolyvinyl chloride, 7.3.7.3 chlorosul- 7.5.6.1.3 DCVOLTAGETEST
fonated polyethylene, or 7.3.7.4 chlorinated polyeth-
(See 6.14.) Upon completion of the insulation resis-
ylene (cross-linked) shallbe applied overthe insulation.
5 minutes
tance test, the conductor shall withstand for
The average thickness the of jacket shallbe not less than
the dc test voltage given
in Table 7-29 or 7-30,
unless the
that given in Table 7-30,
and the minimum thickness shall
ac voltage test is performed.
be not less than 80 percent of these values.
7.5.6.2 TESTS FOR DISCHARGE RESISTANCE
7.5.5Length of Lay
The samples shallbe taken in accordance with 6.11.1.
Triplexed cables shall have a maximum of length
lay of
35 times the diameter of the single-conductor cable. 7.5.6.2.1 SURFACE RESISTNITV
7.5.6
Tests The surface resistivity shallbe measured in accord-
ance with6.11.2 and shall be not less than 200,000
The cable shallbe tested in accordance with Section
megohms.
6 and shall meet
the requirements specified in 7.5 except
as otherwise specified in 7.5.6.1 and 7.5.6.2. 7.5.6.2.2U-BENDDISCHARGE
7.5.6.1ELECTRICALREQUIREMENTS The sample shall be testedin accordance with 6.11.3
except thatthe ac potential shall bel3 kV. There shall
Each insulated and/or insulated and jacketed conduc-
be no voltage breakdown or surface cracking,
tor inthe completed cable shall be tested in accordance
e
W C 7-55
WC 7-1988
7.5.6.2.3 TRACK RESISTANCEOF. NONJACKETED 7.6.3

Insulation
CABLES The insulation shall meetthe requirements of 3.7 for
The track resistance shall be determined in accord- all voltage ratings.
ance with Method A or Method B of 6.11.4. The cable shall have carbon-black
a pigmented insula-
tion which resistant
is to sunlight.The average thickness
7.5.6.2.3.1METHOD A of the insulation shallbe not less than that given in Table
The average time to failure shall be not lessthan 200 7-31, and the minimum thicknessshall be not less than
hours. 90 percent of this value.
7.5.6.2.3.2METHOD B 7.6.4
Tests
The minimum tracking voltage shall
be 2OOO volts. The cable shall be tested in accordance with Section
6 and shall meetthe requirements specifiedin 7.6 except
7.6NONSHIELDEDSINGLE-CONDUCTOR as otherwise specified in7.6.4.1 through 7.6.4.3.
CABLE FOR SERIES-LIGHTING CIRCUITS
7.6.4.1VOLTAGETESTS
7.6.1
Scope
(See 6.14.) The completed cable shall be tested in
This section covers nonshielded single-conductor accordance with the following paragraphs at the test
nonjacketed cable with cross-linked-thermosetting- voltages specifiedin Table 7-31:
polyethylene insulationintended for use in series light-
ing circuitsat O to 5000 volts. O to 2000 volts -6.14.2 or 6.14.3 or 6.14.4
2001 to 5000 volts-6.14.2 or 6.14.3
7.6.2
Conductors
7.6.4.2INSULATION RESISTANCE
The conductors shall be copper in accordance with
Section 2 and of the sizes as given in Table
7-31. (See 6.15.) The completed cable shall havean insula-
tion resistance not less than that corresponding to the
constant of 20,OOO at 156°C (60°F).
Table 7-31
Insulation Thicknessfor Series Lighting Cable
Circuit Voltage, Conductor Size, Insulation Thicknesst Test Voltage, kV
Volk* AWG
mils mm AC Dc DC Spark
O-lo00 12-4 60 1.52 21.05.0 15.0
1001-2000 1.918-4 26.5 75 22.5 7.5
2001-5000 2.798-4 110 35.0 13.0 ...
at each step represents the maximum operating voltage recommendedfor the thickness of insulation.
*The highest circuit voltage
?If protectors are employed, the thickness shallbe determined by the full-load voltage. If the circuit is to be operated without protectors, the
thickness shallbe determined by the open-circuit voltage.
The following tabulation of series lighting transformer ratings is representative of those in common use.*
Secondary
6.6 Ampere 20 Ampere Secondary
Ratings, kW Full-load Voltage, Volk, Open-circuit Voltage, Volk, Full-load Voltage, Volk,
open-circuit
Volhge, Volk,
With Protectors Without Protectors With Protectors Without Protectors
10 2090 500 690
15 2272 1020 3090 750
20 3030 4115 lo00 1360
25 1250 5110 1685
30 1500 4545 6130
40 2000 6060 8180
*This paragraph is approved by NEMA as Authorized EngineeringInformation.

!Cf3S-66-524 WC 7-1988
Revision%
Page 81
7.6.4.3 TESTS FOR DISCHARGE RESISTANCE ductor. Power conducton shall be size 14 AWG through
These tests shall be made on cables rated 2001 volts and loo0 kcmil if of copper and size 12 AWG through 1000
higher. The samples shall be taken in accordance with kcmil if of aluminum.
6.11.1. 7.8.2 Conductors
7.6.4.3.1 Surface Resistivity Insulated power conductors and insulated or uninsulated
The surface resistivity shall be measund in accordanœ grounding conductors shall be made of copper or alumi-
with 6.11.2 and shall be not lessthan 200,000megohms. num and shall meet the requirements given in Section 2.
The groundingconductorshallbe cabled with the insulated
7.6.4.3.2 U-Bend Discharge power conductorsin one or more sections.
The sample shall be tested in accordance with 6.1 1.3
7.8.2.1 CABLES RATED 2000 VOLTS OR LESS
with an ac potential of 13 kV. There shall be no voltage
breakdown or s u r f a c e cracking. The minimum size of tfic grounding conductor shall be
given in Table 7-32.
7.6.4.3.3 Track Resistance
The track resistance shall be determined in accordance T.bk 7-32
with Method A or Method B or 6.I 1.4. Grounding Conductor Sb@for C a
bu
l Mod 2060
V o b or lass
7.6.4.3.3.1 METHOD A Power Conductor Sbr, Minimum Gnundhg
The average time to failure shall be not less than 200 AWG or kcmil Conductor Sbr, AWC
hours. Copper AlUlTlblUl COPptr Ahrmtuum
7.6.4.3.3.2 METHOD B 14 12 14 12
The minimum tracking voltage shall be 2000 volts. 12 10 12 10
7.7CONTROLCABLES 10-8 8-6 10 8
See NEMA Pub No. WC 57, ICEA Pub No. S-73-532.
6-4 4-2 8 6
7.7.1 Scope
3-U0 1-410 6 4
Paragraph deleted.
3 w 3 1
7.7.2
Conductors
I . .
Paragraph deleted. ... 25C700 3 1

7.7.3
Insulation 500-1000 750-1000 1 2/0
Paragraph deleted. 7.8.2.2 CABLES RATED 2001 VOLTS AND ABOVE
7.7.4CoveringoverInsulation The minimum size of the groundingconductor shall be
Paragraph deleted. as given in Table 7-33.
7.7.5ConductorIdentification 7.8.3 Conductor Stress Control Layer
Paragraph deleted. Conductor suess conml layer shall be used on conduc-
tors having rated circuit voltages above2ooo volts.
7.7.6
Assembly
7.8.4 Insulation
Paragraph deleted.
The insulation shall meet the rcquirunats given in
7.7.7Overall Jackets section 3.
7.7.8Type D Cables 7.86 Insulation Shielding
Paragraph deleted Insulation Shielding shall comply with 4.1 and 4.2
7.7.9
Tests 7.8.6 Coveting
-&h deleted. If a IK)IunetBllic covering is uscd ova tk individual
7.8 METAL-CLAD CABLES WITH GROUNDING insulated conductor,it shall be a tape,braid, or@kt.The
CONDUCTOR jackel shall canply with 4.4.
7.8.1 Scope 7.8.7 Assembly
This section covers two-, three-,and fouranductor he insulated power conductorand the grounding con-
cross-iinked-thermosetting-polyethylene-insuia inter- d u m shall be cabled together with œ without fillas. The
locked armored metalclad cables with a grounding con- directionof lay shall be left-hand, The maximum length Of

WC 7-1988 ICEA s-66-524
Revision%
Page 82
62
1-U0
310 AWG-250 kcmil
300400
450-600
750-1000
lay shall be in accordance with Section 5 and shall be based 7.8.9 Tests
on the calculated diameter of the individual powerconduc- ThecableshallbetestedinaccordancewithSection6and
tor. A suitable binder shall be applied over the assembly. m e t req-en~ setion 7.8.
7.8.8 Amor
An interlocked metal tape armor meeting the require-
ments of4.5.7 shall be applied over the assembly.

WC 7-1988
Section 8
APPENDICES
Section 8 is classified by NEMA as Authorized Engineering Information.
Appendix A
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
ac- alternating-current km-kilometer@,)

AWG -American wire gauge kN/m -kilonewtons per meter
BWG -Birmingham wire gauge kV- kilovolt(s)
C- Celsius (centigrade) MPa -megapascals
dc- direct-current mm-millimeter(s)
F -Fahrenheit psi -pounds persquare inch
g/m -grams per meter %-percent
Hz- hertz (electrical frequency in cycles per second) f -plus or minus
kcmil- thousands of circular mils (formerly MCM)
kg -kilogrm(s)

WC 7-88 1 6470247
0007348 Lr
WC 7-1988
Appendix B
OF NONMAGNETIC METALS
REPRESENTATIVE TENSILE STRENGTH AND ELONGATION
Slrenglh
Tensile Elongation 2 inch (50.8 mm)
Lenglh, Percent
Metal ') psi MPa
5 Aluminum 90-310 13,00045,000
Ambrac 50,000-70,000 345-482 20-40
Low40-50
Brass 276-345 40,000-50,000
Bronze Commercial 241-289 35,00042,000 40
Copper 241-345 35,000-50,000
517Monel 75,000 45
Stainless
50 565-620 82,000-90,OOO
Zinc 138 60

1
-
WC 6430247
7-88 oooq14q 3r
WC 7-1988
ICEA S-66624 Page 87
Appendix C
OF CONDUCTORS IN INSULATED WIRE AND CABLE
DEFINITIONS FOR MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE
C1.l MAXIMUMCONDUCTOR specified time, magnitude, and frequency of applica-

TEMPERATURE-OPERATING tion.
The highest conductor temperature attained by any
C1.3MAXIMUMCONDUCTOR
part of the cable line under operating current load. TEMPERATURE-SHORT CIRCUIT
C1.2MAXIMUMCONDUCTOR The highest conductor temperature attained by any
TEMPERATURE-EMERGENCY OVERLOAD part of the cable line during a short circuit
of specified
The highestconductortemperatureattained byanytime and
part of the cable line during emergency overload of

I
WC 7-1988
Appendix D
EMERGENCY OVERLOADS
Operation at the emergency overload temperature of 130°C (%OF) shall not exceed 100 hours in any twelve
consecutive monthsnor more than500 hours during the lifetime of the cable.
Lower temperatures for emergency overload conditions may be required becauseof the type of material used in
the cable, joints,
and terminations orbecause of cableenvironmental conditions.

WC 7-1 992
Page 89
Appendix E
REFERENCED PUBLICATIONS AND STANDARDS
El NEMA PUBLICATIONS
I NEMA26-1984*
WC Wire and Cable Packaging
E2 ICEA PUBLICATIONS
T-24-380, rev. i2JSO Guide for Partiaì-Discharge Test Proceduret
T-27-581PJEM.A
WC 53-1983 Standard Test
Methods for Extruded Dielectric Power,
Control, Instrumentationand Portable Cables
P-46-426EEE
Ampacities**
Cable
Power
#S-135
(SH007096)
P-53-426, 2nd Ed./NEm WC 50-1976 Ampacities, Including Effect of Shield Losses for Single-
(R1982,1988) Conductor
Solid-Dielectric Power Cable, 15 kV through
69 kV*
E3 ASTM STANDARDS$
E3.1 .i ASTM Standards to which referenceis made in this standard, but not in all of the other three: S-19-81, WC
3; S-61-402, WC 5 ; and S-68-516,WC 8.
B 232-86 Concentric-Lay-Stranded AluminumConductors, Coated Steel-
Reinforced (ACSR), Specification for
B 233-85 Aluminum-Alloy 1350 Drawing Stock for Electrical Purposes,
Specifications for
B 246-88 Tinned Hard-Drawn and Medium-Hard Drawn Copper Wirefor
Elecfrical Purposes, Specifications for
B 397-85 Concentric-Lay-Stranded Aluminum-Alloy5005-HI9 Conductors,
Specification for
B 557-84 Tension Testing Wrought and Cast Aluminum-and Magnesium-Alloy
Products
D 1248-84 (R 1989) Polyethylene PlasticsMolding and Extrusion Materials, Specification
for
D 2132-85 Dust-and-Fog Tracking and Erosion Resistance of Electrical Insulating
Materials, Testfor
D 2765-84 Degree of Crosslinking in Crosslinked Ethylene Plastics as Determined
by Solvent Extraction Tests for
E3.1.2 ASTM Standards to which reference is made in each of the following four standards: S-19-81, WC3; S-61-
402, WC 5, S-66-524, WC 7; and S-68-516, WC 8.
A 90-81 (R 1987) Weight of Coating Zinc
on Coating (Galvanized)Iron or Steel Articles,
Test Method for
B 1-85 Hard-Drawn Copper Wire, Specification for
B 2-88 Medium-Hard Drawn Copper Wire, Specification for
B 3-74 (R 1980, 1985) Soft or Annealed Copper Wire, Specificationfor
B 5-89 Tough-Pitch Electrolytic Copper Refinery Shapes, Specification for
B 8-86 Concentric-Lay Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or
Soft,Specification for

WC 7-1992 ICEA S-66-524
Page 90
, B29-79 (R 1984) Pig Lead, Specification for

B 33-81 (R 1985) Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wirefor Electrical Purposes,
Specification for
B 172-71 (R 1980, 1985) Rope-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors Having Bunch-Stranded
Members, for Electrical Conductors, Specification for
B 173-71 (R 1980.1985) Standard Specification for Rope-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors
Having Concentric-Stranded Members, for Electrical Conductors
' B174-71 (R 1980, 1985) Standard Specifcation for Bunch-Stranded Copper Conductors for
Electrical Conductors
B 189-85 Standard Specification for Lead-Coated and Lead-Alloy-Coated So8
Copper Wirefor Electrical Purposes
B 193-87 Standard Test Method for Resistivity of Electrical Conductor Materials
B 229-85 Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper and
Copper-Clad Steel Composite Conductors
B 230-85 Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy 1350-Hl9 Wire,for
Electrical Purposes
B 23 1-85 Standard Specifcation for Concentric ìÁy-Stranded Aluminum Alloy
1350 Conductors
B 243-88 Cross-Sectional Area of Stranded Conductors, Determination of
B 399-86 Concentric-Lay-Stranded Aluminum-Alloy 6201-T81Conductors
B 400-86 Compact-Round Concentric-Lay-Stranded Aluminum I350 Conductors
B 496-81 (R 1984) Compact-Round Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors
B 609-85 Aluminum 13SO Round Wire, Annealed and Intermediate Tempers,for
Electrical Purposes
D 257-78 (R 1983) Standard Test Method for DC Resistance or Conductance of Insulating
Materiais
D 4 12-87 Standard Test Method for Rubber Properties in Tension
D 47 1-79 Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Effect of Liquids
D 746-79 (R 1987) Standard Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and
Elastomers by impact
D 1693-70 (R 1980,1988) Standard Test Method for Environmental Stress-Cracking of Ethylene
Plastics
D 3349-86 Standard Test Method for Absorption Coefficient of Carbon Black
Pigmented Ethylene Plastic Film
E 8-88 Standard Methods of Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
t Copies may be obtained from IEEE, 445 Hoes Lane.Piscataway, NI 08855-1331

* Copies may be obtained from NEMA, National Electrical Manufacturers Association, 1300 N. 17th Street. Suite 1847, Rossiyn, VA 22209
*+ Copies may be obtained from ICEA, P.O. Box 440, South Yarmouth, MA 02664
* Copies may be obtained from ASTM. 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428

r
WC 7-1988
KEA S-66-524 Page 91
Appendix F
AMPACITIES FOR TWO-CONDUCTOR CONCENTRIC-NEUTRAL SINGLE-PHASE PRIMARY
UNDERGROUND RESIDENTIAL DISTRIBUTION CABLES (SEE7.1.)
Conductor Copper Aluminum
Size, AWG or
kcmil
Direct In Buried In Airt In Duct In -Direct InBuried In Ai* InDuct In
Buried* Duct* Airt Buried* Duct* W
Cables Rated5 kV 90°C
4 132169 97
111 114 88 90 76
3 193 128 132 111 ...... ... ...
174
1 126 2 152
219 144 100
115 120
1 249
174 116
165 139 132
144 199
V0 284 188 200 163 226 150 160 131
WO 324 217 233 189 256 172 186 149
310 368 247 268 215 291 195 211 170
410 425 288 316 250 335 226 247 197
250 ... ... ...
278 ...
252 370 . 219
300 ... 250 ... 319 ... 287 ... 418
Cables Rated15 kV 90°C
4 162 . 116 128
120 100 79
91 95
132
3 186 138 114 ... ... a.. ...
2 210158 150 131 168 119 125 103
119
1 145
240 137
171 193
181 148
110 273 194 208 169 218 155 166 135
210 313 224 240 1% 248 177 190 154
310 358 255 278 222 284 201 218 176
410 410 293 324 257 324 230 253 201
250 ... ...... ... 360 257 285 225
300 ... a.. ... ...
291 403 254 324
* Ambient temperature of 20°C; 100 percent load factor; thermal resistivityRHO-90
The multiplyingcorrection factors for load factors of 75 and 50 percent shall be:
Correction Factors
75 Percent Load Factor 50 Percent Load Factor
B Rating of Cable, kV Cable Only In Duct Cable Only In Duct

1.04 5 1.09 1.07 1.16
* 1.04 15 1.08 1.07 1.16
Continuous loading at maximum rating may result in moisture migration away from cablesand increased thermal resistivity. See “Power Cable
Ampacities,” ICEA Publication No.P46426 (IEEE Publication No.S-135).Section 5, Page XIII.
t h l b i e n t temperature of 40°C; 30 to 100 percent load factor.
Appendix F-1
AMPACITIES FOR THREE-PHASE UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION CABLES
For ampacitiessee theICEA/NEMA Standards Publication No. WC 50,AmpacitiesIncluding Effectof Shield Losses
a Cables 15 kVthrouglt 69 kY (KEA P-53-426).

for Sìrtgle-Conductor Solid-Dielectric Power

WC 7-88 6470247 0 0 0 q 3 5 4 7r
WC 7-1988
Appendix G
SHIELDING
G1.l DEFINITIONOFSHIELDING Likewise, damage to nonshielded cable may result when

Shielding of an electric power cable is the practice of the surface of the cable is moist or covered with soot,
confining the dielectric field of the cable to theinsula- soapy grease or other conducting film,and the external
tion of the conductor or conductors. It is accomplished field is partly confined by such conducting film so that
by means of a conductor stress control layer and an the charging current is carried by the film to some spot
insulation shield. where it can dischargeto ground. The resultant intensity
of discharge may be sufficient to cause burning of the
G2.1FUNCTIONSOFSHIELDING insulation or jacket. L
G2.1.1 A conductor stress control layer is employed to 63.1.4 Where nonshielded cables are used in under-
preclude excessive voltagestress on voids between con- ground ducts containing several circuits that must be P
ductor and insulation. To be effective, it mustadhere to worked on independently, the external field, if suffi-
or remain in intimate contact with the insulation under ciently intense, can cause shocks to those who handle or
all conditions. contact energized cable. In cases of this kind, itmay be
advisableto use shielded cable. Shielding used to reduce
G2.1.2 An insulation shieldhas a numberof functions: hazards of shock should have a resistance low enough
1. To confine the dielectric field within the cable. to operateprotectiveequipment in case of fault. In some
2. To obtain symmetrical radial distribution of volt- cases, the efficiency of protective equipment may re-
age stress within the dielectric, thereby minimiz- quire proper size ground wires as a supplement to
ing the possibility of surface discharges by shielding. The same considerations apply to exposed
precluding excessive tangential and longitudinal installations where cables may be handled by personnel
stresses. who maynot be acquainted with the hazards involved.
3. To protect cable connected to overhead lines or
otherwise subject to induced potentials. 64.1 GROUNDING OF THE INSULATION SHIELD
4. To limit radio interference.
5. To reduce thehazard of shock. This advantage is G 4 1.I The insulation shield must be grounded at least
obtained only if the shield is grounded. If not at one end and preferably to two or more locations. It
grounded, the hazard of shock may be increased. is recommended that the shield be grounded at cable
terminationsand at splices and taps. Stress cones should
G3.1USE OF INSULATIONSHIELDING be made at all shield terminations.
G3.1.I The use of shielding involvesconsideration of G4.1.2 The shield should operate at or near ground
installation and operating conditions. Definite rules potential at all times. Frequent grounding of shields
cannot be established on a practical basis for all cases, reduces the possibility of open sections on nonmetallic
but the following features should be considered as a covered cable, Multiple grounding of shields is
working basisfor the use of shielding. desirable in order to improve the reliability and safety
of the circuit. All grounding connections should be
G3.1.2 Where there is no metallic covering or shield made to the shield in such a way as to provide a per-
over the insulation, the electric field will be partly in the manentlow resistance bond. Shielding which does not =
insulation and partly inwhatever lies betweenthe insula- have adequate ground connection due to discontinuity
tion and ground. The external field, if sufficiently in- of the shield or to improper termination may be more
tense in air, will generate surface discharge and convert dangerous than nonshielded nonmetalliccable and haz-
atmospheric oxygen into ozone, whichmay be destruc- ardous to life.
tive to insulations and to protective jackets. If the sur-
face of the cable is separated from ground by a thin layer G5.1SHIELDMATERIALS
of air and the air gap is subjected to a voltagestress that
exceeds the dielectric strength of air, a discharge will G5.1.1 %o distinct typesof materials are employed in
occur, causing ozone formation. constructingcableshields.
G3.1.3 The ground may be either a metallicconduit, a G5.1.I.I Nonmetallic shields may consist of a con-
damp nonmetallicconduit, or a metallic binding tape or ducting tape or a layer of conducting compound. The
rings on an aerial cable, a loose metallic sheath, etc. tape may be conducting compound, fibrous tape faced

S T D - N E M A WC 7-ENGL L788 h 4 7 0 2 4 7 0532572 I T 2
WC 7-1988
ICEA s-66-524 pages
orfilledwithconductingcwnpound,orconductingfi~~ includingany conducting residueon the insulationsllrface,

tape. must be removed completelyat splices and m n
i at a
i tu.
G51.1.2 Metallic shields should be nonmagnetic and G0.1.2 An outer extnded insularion shield shall be re-
may consist of tape,braid, concentric serving of wre
i s,or movable without damaging ar imparting conductivity to
a sheath. the underlying insulation. 'Ihis may be accomplishedby
theaidofheat(airarflame)orbytheuseofasuitable
G6.1 SPUCES AND TERMINATIONS solvent.
G6.1.1 To prevent excessive leakagecurrentand
flashover, metallic and nonmetallic insulation shields,

-~
S T D - N E M A WC 7-ENGL 3708 b 4 7 0 2 4 7 0532573 O37
JANUARY 1991
WC 8-1988
Page 94 ICEA s-66-524
Appendix H U
RECOMMENDED BENDING RADIIFOR CABLES
H1.l SCOPE H 3 . w TAPESHEWED CABLES
?his appendix contains the minimum values for themdii The minimum bending radius for tape shielded cables
to which insdated cables may bebentforpermanent given below appliesto helically applied flator cormgated
training during installation.These limits do not apply to tape ar longitudinally applied CORugated rape shielded
conduit bends, sheaves ar other curved surfacm mund cables.
which the cable maybe pulled under tension while being The minium bending radius for a single conductor
installed.*In all cases the minimum radii specified refers cable is twelve times the ovedl diameter.
totheinner~ofthecableandnottotheaxisofthe For multiple-conductorar multiplexed singleconductor
cable. cables having individually taped shiekled conductors,the
minimum bending radius is twelve tim the diameter of
H2.1POWER CABLES WITHOUTMETALLIC theindivi~conductorsorseventimesthe~eralldiame
SHEATH, SHIELDING OR ARMOR ter, whicheveris greater.
The minimum bending radii for both single-and multi- For multiple-canductor cables having an overall tape
ple-conductor cable without metallicsheath and without shield overthe assembly, the minimum h d i n g radius is
metallic shieldingor armor are shown in Table H-1. twelve times the overall diameter of the cable.
H3.1 POWER CABLES WITH METALUC H3.1.82 W E SHEWED CABm
SHIELDING SHEATHSOR ARMOR The minimum bending radius for a single conductor
H3.1.1 InterlockedArmored and Metallic cable is eight times the overalldiameter.
Sheathed Cables For multiplexonductor ar multiplexed single conductor
cables having wire shielded individual conductors, the
The minimum bending radius for interlocked ma
rd minimum bending radius is eight timesthe diameterof the
cables smooth or m g a t e d aluminum sheath or lead individual conductors ar five times the overall diameter,
sheath shall be in accurdance with M l e H-2. whichever is greater.
H3.1.2 Flat Tape Armored or Wire Armored For multipleconductorcables having awire shield over
Cables the assembly,the minimum bending radius is eight times
the overalldiameter of the cable.
The minimum bending radius for all flat tape armored
and all wire mored cables is twelve times the overall H4.1DRUMDIAMETERS OF REELS
diameterof cable. See NEMA Pub. No. WC26-1984,* Wie und Cubk
H3.1.3 Shielded cabe
l s,Without Armor Packaging, which is quoted in 'Mie H-3.
Table H-1
MINIMUM BENDING RADII FOR POWER CABLE
SINGLE & MULTIPLE CONDUCTOR CABLES
WITHOUT METALUCSHEATH, METALLIC SHIELDINGOR ARMOR
0.169 and less 4.31 and less 4 5 6

O. 17M.3 10 4.32-7.87 5 6 7
0.311 and 7.88over
and ... 7 8
over
Edit~tiaUym i d on July 22.1987.

B R d d 1-30-1991.

JANUARY 1991
WC 8-1988
lCEAs-66-524 Page 95
Table H-2 D
MINIMUM RADIIFOR POWER CABLE
SJNGLE & MULTIPLE CONDUCTOR CABLESWITH INTERLOCKED ARMOR,SMOOTH OR
CORRUGATED ALUMINUM SHEATH OR LEAD SHEATH
Overall Diametexof Cable

inches mm inches mm inches mm
0.75 190 0.76 to 191 to 382 &
&less & less 38 150 1 larger
Minimum Bending Radius as a Multiple of Cable Diameter
Smooth Aluminum Sheath
Single Conductor
Nonshielded,
Multiple conductor
or Multiplexed,
WithIndividUally
Conductors
Shielded 10 12 15
Single Conductor
Shielded 12 12 15
Multiple Conductor
or Multiplexed,
with O ved Shield 12 12 15
7 7 7
Multiple Conductor
WithIndividUally
Conductor
Shielded lm* lm* lm*
Multiple Conductor
12 with Overall Shield 12 12
Lead Sheath
12 12
+12x individual shielded ecndu*or diameter, or 7 x ovarll a b l e diameter, whichever is the grerter.
D Thle d d d 1-30-1991,

JANUARY 1991
WC 8-1988
Page 95A ICI3 s-66-524
Table H 4
EXCERPT FROM NEMA STANDARDS PUBLICATIONWC 26-1984, " A N D CABLEPACKAGING'
MblkumDtmcta
m Mulupk dourdde
QpedC.bk DluM!t&dC.bk
A. Single-and multipleamductor nonmetalliccovered cable
1. Nonshe iW and wire shielded,including cableswith concentric wires
a. O-rnWb 10
b. M m than 200 Ml&
1. Nonjaclced with concentric wires 14
2. Allothers
2. Tape Shielded
B. Single- and multipleanductor metallic-coveFedcable
1. Tubular metallic sheadred
a.- 14
b. Aluminum
1. Chtside diameter-1.750" and less 25
2 Chtside diameter-1.75 1" and larger 30
2. wireannored 16
3. Flattapearmared 16
4. Corrugatedmetallic sheathed 14
5. Interlockedarmor 14
C. Multiple single conductors cabledtogether without common wvering, including
self-supportingcab1eS"Ihecircumscxibmg overalldiameter shall be multiplied by
thefactorgiveninitemAœBandthenbythereductionfactorof0.75.
D. Combinatiom?+For combinations of the types &scxibed in items A, B, and C, the
highest factor for any component type shall be used.
E Single- and multiple-conductor cablein coilable nonmetallic duct
outside diametet.of duct,inci" 0.0-0.5026 26
0.51-1.0024 24
1.01-1.2522 22
1.26-1.5021 21
M m than1.5021 20
* Editoriallynwiacd 011 7-221987.

WC 7-1988
ICEA "524 paaes
695 4 93 ... ... 10

4 2124 122 ... ... 20 1.18
168
2 1641/0165 159 30 1.10
40 1.00
192 m
1 187 189 184 50 0.90
1P 3P 211 218 215 221
2/0 4/0 243 251 246 254
3Eo 250 279 278 283 281

4P 350 321 342 325 344
250 400 355 360 359 367
300 450395 398 401 393

350424 438
500425 435
400 ... 470 ... 473 ...
450 ... 502 ... 504 ...
500 ... 536 ... 536 ...

WC 7-88 B 6470247 0007357 br
WC 7-1988
Appendix J
AMPACITIES AND VOLTAGE RATINGSOF PORTABLE CABLES
Jl.1 AMPACITIES(CURRENTCARRYING 51.2VOLTAGERATINGS

CAPACITY IN AMPERES) It is recommended that the various types
of portable
The recommended ampacities for portable cables are cables be limited the
to following maximum circuit vol-
given in TableK-1.These values
are based on an ambient tages:
temperature of 40°C (104OF). Correction factors for
ampacities at various ambient temperaturesare as fol- 2000 Volts
lows: Single-conductor nonshielded
AmbienlTemperature,
'Qpe W and G - two conductor
'Qpe W - three, four,five, and six conductor
L
wY"c CorrectionFactors
'Qpe G -four and five conductor
10 1.26 'Qpe G-GC- three conductor
20 1.18 m e PG -two and three conductor
'Qpe PCG -two and three conductor
30 1.10 'Qpe SHC-GC- three conductor
40 1.00
5000 Volts
50 0.90
- m e G* -three conductor
When the cables are used with one or more layers
25000 Volts
wound on a reel, the ampacities shall be correctedas
'Qpe SH -single conductor
follows:
'Qpes SHD and SHD-GC
Number of Layers Multiplying CorrectionFactors
*Shielded cables provide
a higher level of safety
at ratings over 2000
1 0.85 volts.
2 0.65
3 0.45
4 0.35

WC 7-66 h470247 0009160 2
WC 7-1988
.. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. ..
fijZ$$E Is:
m
3
i
c
Q I: . : . :. .:
3

WC 7-1988
Revision%
Page 99
APPENDIX K
(Deleted)

W Ch 477- 08 28 4 7 0007365
WC 7-1988
Appendix L
ADDITIONAL CONDUCTOR INFORMATION
Table L-1
Solid Aluminum and Copper Conductors
ApproximateWeight
Conductor Size,
Aluminum Copper
AWG or kcmil
per
Pounds loo0 Feet %m per
Pounds loo0 Feet dm
... ...
~ ~
22 2.88 1.94
20 ... ... 3.10 4.61
19 ... ... 3.90 5.81
18 ... ... 4.92 7.32
17 ... ... 6.21 9.24
16 ... ... 7.81 11.6
15 ... 14.7 ... 9.87
14 ... 18.5 ... 12.4
13 ... 23.4 ... 15.7
8.94 12 6.01
11 7.57 37.1 11.3 24.9
14.22 10 9.56
.9 12.04 58.9517.92 39.62
8 15.20 74.38 22.62 49.98
7 19.16 93.80 28.52 63.03
6 24.15 118.2 35.94 79.44
45.32 5 30.45 149.0 100.2
57.17 4 38.41 126.3 188.0
72.08 3 48.43 237.1 159.3
90.89 2 61.07 298.9 200.9
114.6 1 77.03 377.0 253.3
U0 97.15 475.5144.6 , 319.5
U0 122.5 182.3 402.8 599.5
310 154.4 755.8229.8 507.8
410 194.7 953.2289.8 640.5
250 230.1 342.4 ... ...
300 276.1 410.9 ... ...
350 322.1 479.4 ... ...
400 368.2 547.9 ... a..
450 414.4 616.3 ... a..
500 460.2 648.8 ... ...

Authorized Engineering Information 7-14-1982.

.
WC 7 - 8 8 6470247 0007Lbh 3
r
WC 7-1988
Table L-2
Concentric Stranded ClassB Aluminum and Copper Conductors
Conductor Number of ApproximateDiameter of ApproximateOutside Approximate Weight
Size, AWG Strands Each Strand Diameter
or kcmil Copper AIuminum
mils mm inches mm Poundsper g/m Poundsper g/m
1O00 Feel Loo0 Feet
22
20
7
7
9.6
12.1
0.244
0.307
0.029
0.036
0.737
0.914
...
...
...
...
1.975
3.154
2.941
4.705
19 7 13.6 0.345 0.041 1.04 ... ... 3.974 5.922
18
17
7
7
15.2
17.2
0.386
0.437
0.046
0.052
1.17
1.32
...
... ...
...
5.015
6.324
7.462
9.429
16
15
7
7
19.2
21.6
0.488
0549
0.058
...
1.47
... ...
... ...6.. 7.974
9.959
11.86
14.98
14
13
7
7
24.2
27.2
0.615
0.691
...
... ...
... ...
...
...
... 12.68
16.01
18.88
23.82
12 7 30.5 0.775 e.. ... 6.13 9.12 20.16 30.00
11 7 34.3 0.871 ... 7.72 11.5 25.49 37.80
10
9
7
7
38.5
43.2
0.978
1.10
... ...
6..
... 9.75 14.5 32.06 47.71

12.3 18.3 40.42 60.14
8
7
7
7
48.6
54.5
1.23
1.39
...
e..
...
...
...
15.5
195
23.1
29.1
51.0
64.2
75.9
95.7
6 7 61.2 1.56 ... ... 24.6 36.7 80.9 121
5
4
7
7
68.8
77.2
1.75
1.96
...
...
...
...
31.1
39.2
46.2
58.3
102
129
152
192
3
2
7
7
86.7
97.4
2.20
2.47
...
...
...
... 49.4
62.3
735
92.7
162 242
205 305
1 19 66.4 1.69 ... ... 78.6 117 259 385
110
2P
19
19
74.5
83.7
1.89
2.13
...
...
...
...
99.1
125
147
186
326
411
485
611
310 19 94.0 2.39 ..* ... 157 234 518 771
410 19 105.5 2.68 ... ... 199 296 653 972
250
300
37
37
82.2
90.0
2.09
2.29
...
...
...
... 235
282
349
419
772
925
1150
1380
350
400
37
37
97.3
104.0
2.47
2.64
...
... ...
...
329
376
489
559
1080
1236
1610
1840
450 37 110.3 2.80 ... ... 422 629 1390 2070
500 37 116.2 2.95 ... 469 699 1542 2300
...
a..
550 61 95.0 2.41 ... 517 768 1700 2530

600 61 99.2 2.52 ... ... 563 838 1850 2760
650 61 103.2 2.62 ... ... 610 908 2006 2990
700 61 107.1 2.72 ... ... 657 978 2160 3220
750
800
61
61
110.9
114.5
2.82
2.91
...
...
...
... 704
751
1050
1120
2316 3450
2469 3680
900 61 121.5 3.09 ... ... 845 1260 2780 4140
1000 61 128.0 3.25 ... ... 939 1400 3086 4590
1100 91 109.9 2.79 ... ... 1032 1540 3394 5050
1200 91 114.8 2.92 ... ... 1126 1680 3703 5510
1250
1300
1400
91
91
91
117.2
119.5
124.0
2.98
3.04
3.15
...
...
...
...
e..
...
1173
1220
1313
1750
1820
1960
3859
4012
4320
5740
5970
6430
.
1500 91 128.4 3.26 ... ... 1408 2100 4632 6890
1600
1700
127
127
112.2
115.7
2.85
2.94
...
...
...
...
1501
1596
2240
2370
4936
5249
7350
1750
1800
127
127
117.4
119.1
2.98
3.02
...
...
...
...
1643
-~"
1691
2440
.... 5403
.... 2510 5562
1900
20009190
127
127
122.3
125.5
6176
3.11
3.19
...
...
2790
...
2650
... 1783
1877
5865
Authorized Engineering Information

7.14-1982 .

W C 7-86
~~
h470247 0007367
WC 7-1988
0 Table L-3
Concentric Stranded ClassC and D Aluminum and Copper Conductors
Conductor Size, Class c D Class
AwG Or Number of Approximate
"
Diameter of Each
Strand
Number of Approximate
"
Diameter of Each Strand
Strands Strands
mils mils mm
22 ... ... ... ... ... ...
20
19
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
v.. ...
...
... ... ... ... ...
S..
18 ...
17 ... ... ... ... ... ...
16
15
...
...
...
...
... ...
...
S..
a..
...
14 19 14.7 0.%3 37 10.5 0.%7
13 19 16.5 0.419 37 11.8 0.300
12 19 18.5 0.470 37 13.3 0.338
Y
11 19 20.8 O528 37 14.9 0.378
10 19 23.4 O594 37 16.7 0.424
9 19 26.2 0.665 37 18.8 0.478
8 19 295 0.749 37 21.1 0.536
7 19 33.1 0.841 37 23.7 0.602
6 19 37.2 0.945 37 26.6 0.676
J 19 41.7 1.06 37 29.9 0.759
4 19 46.9 1.19 37 33.6 0.853
3 19 52.6 1.34 37 37.7 0.958
2 19 59.1 1.50 37 42.4 1.08
1 37 47.6 1.21 61
~~ 37.0 0.940
37
" 53.4 1.36 61 41.6 1.06
37 60.0 1.52 61 46.7 1.19
37 67.3 1.71 61 52.4 1.33
37 75.6 1.92 61 58.9 150
250 61 64.0 1.63 91 52.4 1.33
300 61 70.1 1.78 91 57.4 1.46
350 61 75.7 1.92 91 62.0 157
400 61 81.0 2.06 91 66.3 1.68
450 61 85.9 2.18 91 70.3 1.79
500
- .. 61
~~ 90.5 2.30 91 74.1 1.88
550 91 7.1
. ... 1.Gï 127 65.8 1.67
600 91 81.2 2.06 127 68.7 1.74
650 91 84.5 2.15 127 71.5 1.82
700 91 87.7 2.23 127 74.2 1.88
750 91 90.8 2.31 127 76.8 1.95
800 91 93.8 2.38 127 79.4 2.02
900 91 99.4 2.53 127 84.2 2.14
loo0 91 104.8 2.66 127 88.7 2.25
1100 127 93.1 2.36 169 80.7 2.05
127 1200 2.14 84.3
99.2 1250 127 2.18 169 86.0
127
2.23 1300 87.7 169 101.2 2.57
127 1400 105.0 2.67 2.31 169 91.0
1500 2.76 127 2.39 108.7 94.2 169
169 1600 2.18 85.9
100.3 1700 169 217 2.55 885 2.25
217 1750 2.59 169 101.8 89.8 2.28
217 1800 2.62 169 103.2 2.31
1900 169 217 106.0 2.69 93.6 2.38
6 108.8 2ooo 169 96.0 _e
2.44
NOTE?,-The weights of Class C and ClassD conductors are the same as for the equivalent ClassB conductor (see Table N-2).

WC 6470247
7-88 0007368 7
WC 7-1988
Page 106 KEA S-66-524
Table L-4
Ro~e-LavAluminum andComer Conductors, Class G
Conduc- Number Suggested
Approximate
Diameter
Approximate
"
Outside
Approximate
Weight
~~
tor She, of Strands

Co&lruc- of Each
Strand Diameter
Copper Aluminum
AWG or lion
kcmil mils mm inches nun Poundsper glm Poundsper glm
lo00 Feet lo00 Feet
14 49
2.11 0.083
7 x 70.23 9.2 ... .. 19.1 12.8
... ...30.3
1
3.2 2.6449 0.1047 x0.29

7 11.6 20.3
10 3.3349 0.1317 x 0.37
7 14.6 ... ...48.2 32.3
9 3.7649 0.148 7 x0.42
7 16.4 ...60.7 40.8
... ...
.I.
8 4.2249 0.166 7 x0.47

7 18.4 51 76.6
7 49 7x7 20.6 0.52 0.185 4.70
29.4 20 65 96.6
6 49 7x7 23.1 0.59 0.208 37.0
5.28 25 82 122
5 49 7x7 26.0 0.66 0.234 5.94 31 46.7 103 154
4 49 7x7 29.2 0.74 0.263 6.68 40 58.9 130 194
3 49 7x7 32.8 0.83 0.295 74.2
7.49 50 164 244
2 49 7x7 36.8 0.93 0.331 8.41 63 93.6 207 308
1 133 19x7 25.1 0.64 0.377 9.58 80 119 264 392
U0 133 19x7 28.2 0.72 0.423 10.7 102 150 334 495
U0 133 19x7 31.6 0.80 0.474 12.0 127 190 419 623
310 633 19x7 35.5 0.90 0.533 13.5 161 239 529 786
410 133 19x7 39.9 1.01 0,599 15.2 203 301 668 991
W) 259 37x7 31.1 0.79 0.653 16.6 242 358 795 1175
300 259 37x7 34.0 0.86 0.714 18.1 287 429 945 1410
350 259 37x7 36.8 0.93 0.773 19.6 337 501 1110 1650
400 259 37x7 39.3 1.00 0.825 21.0 385 573 1265 1885
450 433 259
22.3 0.876
37x7
1.06 41.7 644 2120 1425
500 259 37x7 43.9 1.12 0.922 23.4 482 716 1585 2355
550 427 61x7 35.9 0.91 0.969 24.6 532 791 1750 2600
600 427 61x7 37.5 0.95 . 1.013 25.7 581 863 1910 2840
650 427 61x7 39.0 0.99 1.053 26.7 629 935 2070 3075
700 427 61x7 40.5 1.03 1.094 27.8 678 1005 2230 3310
750 427 61x7 41.9 1.06 1.131 28.7 725 1080 2385 3545
800 427 61x7 43.3 1.10 1.169 29.7 774 1150 2545 3785
900 427 61x7 45.9 1.17 1.239 31.5 869 1295 2860 4255
loo0 427 61x7 48.4 1.23 1.307 33.2 967 1440 3180 4730
5205 3500 1580 1064
1100 42734.8 1.372
61x71.29 50.8
1200 427 61x7 53.0 1.35 1,431 36.3 1158 1725 ,
3810 5675
1250 427 61x7 54.1 1.37 1.461 37.1 1208 1800 3975 5910
6150 4135 1870 3.257
1300 42737.8 1.490
61x71.40 55.2
1400 427 61x7 57.3 1.46 1.547 39,3 1356 2015 4460 6620
m 427 61x7 59.3 1.51 1.601 40.7 1452 2155 4775 7095
1600 703 37x19 47.7 1.21 1.670 42.4 1560 2325 5130 7640
1700 703 37x19 49.2 1.25 1.722 43.7 1660 2470 5460 8115
1750 703 37x19 49.9 1.27 1.747 44.4 1709 2540 5620 8355
1800 703 37x19 50.6 1.29 1.771 45.0 1756 2615 5775 8595
9070 6100 2760 1854
1900 703 46.2 37x19
1.820 1.32 52.0
2905 1950
2OOo 703 47.4 37x19
1.866 1.35 53.3 6415 9550
NOTE-Rope-lay aluminum Class G conductorsare not recommended insizes 8 AWG and smaller and individual aluminum wires
in stranded
conductorsshould not be smaller than 24 AWG.
Authorized Engineering Information7-14-1982.

WC 7-1988
KEA S-66-524 Page 107
Table L-5
Rope-Lay Aluminum andCopper Conductors, Class H
Conduc-
Ap- Suggesfed
Approximate
Diameter of Approximate
Approximale Weigh(
kcmil of mlls mm inches mm Pounds per g/m Poundsper g/m

sirands lo00 Feet LOO0 Feel
8 133 19x7 11.1 0.28 0.167 4.24 ... ... 52 77.4

7 133 19x7 12.5 0.32 0.188 4.78 ... ... 65 97.5
6 133 19x7 14.0 0.36 0.210 5.33 a.. ... 82 123
5 133 19x7 15.8 0.40 0.237 6.02 ... ... 105 155
4 133 19x7 17.7 0.45 0.266 6.76 ... ... 132 1%
3 133 19x7 19.9 0.51 0.299 7.59 ... ... 167 247
2 133 19x7 22.3 0.57 0.335 8.51 63 94.5 208 311
2 259 37x7 16.0 0.41 0.336 8.53 ... ... 210 312
1 259 37x 7 18.0 0.46 0.378 9.60 ... m.. 266 394
110 259 37x7 20.2 0.51 0.424 10.8 102 151 334 497
U0 259 37x7 22.7 0.58 0,477 12.1 128 190 422 626
310 259 37x7 25.5 0.65 0.536 13.6 162 240 533 790
310 427 61x7 19.8 0.50 0.535 13.6 ... ... 532 794
410 259 37x7 28.6 0.73 0.601 15.3 204 303 670 996
410 427 61x7 22.3 0.57 0.602 15.3 205 304 675 1000
W] 427 61x7 24.2 0.61 0.653 16.6 242 360 795 1180
300 427 61x7 26.5 0.67 0.716 18.2 290 431 953 1420
350 427 61x7 28.6 0.73 0.772 19.6 337 503 110 1655
400 427 61x7 30.6 0.78 0.826 21.0 386 575 1270 1890
450 427 61x7 32.5 0.83 0.878 22.3 436 647 1435 2130
500 427 61x7 34.2 0.87 0.923 23.4 483 719 1590 2365
550 703 37x 19 28.0 0.71 0.980 24.9 538 798 1770 2625
600 703 37x 19 29.2 0.74 1.022 26.0 584 871 1920 2865
650 703 37x 19 30.4 0.77 1.064 27.0 634 944 2085 3105
700 703 37x 19 31.6 0.80 1.106 28.1 686 1015 2255 3340
750 703 37x 19 32.7 0.83 1.145 29.1 733 1090 2410 3580
800 703 37X 19 33.7 0.86 1.180 30.0 778 1160 2560 3820
900 703 37x 19 35.8 0.91 1.253 31.8 880 1305 2895 4295
lo00 703 37x 19 37.7 O.% 1.320 33.5 974 1450 3205 4775
1100 703 37x 19 39.6 1.01 1.386 35.2 1075 1595 3535 5250
1200 703 37X 19 41.3 1.05 1.446 36.7 1169 1740 3845 5730
1w) 703 37X 19 42.2 1.07 1.477 37.5 1221 1815 4015 5970
1300 703 37x 19 43.0 1.09 1.505 38.2 1268 1885 4170 6205
1400 703 37x 19 44.6 1.13 1.561 39.6 1363 2035 4485 6685
1500 703 37x 19 46.2 1.17 1.617 41.1 1464 2180 4815 7160
1600 1159 61x 19 37.2 0.94 1.674 42.5 1564 2325 5145 7640
1700 1159 61x 19 38.3 0.97 1.724 43.8 1658 2470 5455 8115
1750 1159 61x 19 38.9 0.99 1.751 44.5 1710 2540 5625 8355
1800 1159 61x 19 39.4 1.00 1.773 45.0 1754 2615 5770 8595
1900 1159 61x 19 40.5 1.03 1.823 46.3 1854 2760 6100 9070
m 1159 61x19 41.5 1.05 1.868 47.4 1946 2905 6400 9550
O NOTE-Individual aluminumwires in stranded conductors should not be smaller 24 AWG.

than

WC 7-1988
Table L-6
Aluminum and Copper Conductors, ClassI Each Individual Strand24 AWG, 0.0201 Inch (0.511 mm)
Approximale
Approximate
Suggested
Conductor
Approximate
Weight
Outside " " I
Size, AWG or Co&%uctionNÜmber of Diameter

kcmil Strands Copper Aluminum
inches mm Pounds per glm Pounds per dm
lo00 Feet lo00 Feet
10 1x26 26 0.125 3.18 ... ... 32.5 48.3
9 1x33 33 0.138 3.51 ... ... 41 61.3
8 1x41 41 0.156 3.96 16 23.1 51 76.1
7 1x52 52 0.185 4.70 20 29.3 65 %.5
6 7x9 63 0.207 5.26 24 36.3 80 119
5 7 x 12 84 0.235 5.97 32 48.3 105 159
4 7 x 15 105 0.263 6.68 41 60.4 134 199
3 7 x 19 133 0.291 7.39 51 76.5 169 252
2 7x23 161 0.319 8.10 62 92.7 205 305
1 7x30 210 0.367 9.32 81 121 267 397
U0 19x 14 266 0.441 11.2 104 155 342 508
U0 19x 18 342 0.500 12.7 133 199 439 654
310 19X 22 418 0.549 13.9 163 243 537 799
410 19x28 532 0.613 15.6 208 309 683 1015
250 7x7~13 637 0.682 17.3 251 374 825 1230
300 7x7~15 735 0.737 18.7 290 431 955 1420
350 7x7~18 882 0.800 20.3 348 517 1145 1700
400 7X7X20 980 0.831 21.1 386 575 1270 1890
450 7x7~23 1127 0.894 22.7 444 661 1460 2175
500 7x7~25 1225 0.941 23.9 483 ,719 1590 2365
550 7X7X28 1372 0.980 24.9 541 805 1780 2645
600 7X7X30 1470 1.027 26.1 579 862 1905 2835
650 19x7~12 1596 1.152 29.3 635 945 2090 3110
700 19X7X13 1729 1.194 30.3 687 1025 2260 3365
750 19X7X14 1862 1.235 31.4 740 1100 2435 3625
800 19X7X15 1995 1.290 32.8 793 1180 2610 3885
900 19x7~17 2261 1.372 34.8 901 1340 2965 4405
lo00 19X7X19 2527 1,427 36.2 1005 1495 3305 4920
1100 19x7~21 2793 1.495 38.0 1111 1655 3655 5440
1200 19x7~22 2926 1.537 39.0 1164 1730 3830 5700
1250 19x7~23 3059 1.564 39.7 1216 1810 4Ooo 5955
1300 19X7X24 3192 1.605 40.8 1269 1890 4175 6215
1400 19X7X26 3458 1.674 42.5 1386 2045 4560 6735
1500 19X7X28 3724 1.715 43.6 1482 2205 4875 7250
1600 19x7~30 3990 1.797 45.6 1587 2360 5220 7770
1700 19X7X32 4256 1.852 47.0 1693 2520 5570 82%
1750 19x7~33 4389 1.880 47.8 1746 2600 5745 8545
1800 19x7~34 4522 1.921 48.8 1800 2675 5920 8805
1900 19x7~36 4788 1.976 50.2 1905 2835 6265 9325
2OOo 19x7~37 4921 2.003 50.9 1958 2915 6440 9585
NOTE-Aluminum Class I conductors are not recommended in sizes
8 AWG and smaller.

WC 7-1988
Table L-7
Copper Conductors, ClassK Each Individual Strand30 AWG, 0.0100 Inch (0.254 mm)
Conductor Size, Suggested Approximate
Approximate
Outside Diameter Approximate
Weight
AWG or kcmil Construclion Number of
Strands
Inches mm Pounds perl000 dm
Feet
20 l x 10 10 0.038 0.97 3.2 4.59
18 l x 16 16 0.048 1.22 5.0 7.35
16 1x26 26 0.060 1.52 8.0 11.9
14 1x41 41 0.078 1.98 12.8 18.8
12 1x65 65 0.101 2.57 20.3 29.9
i 10 l x 104 104 0.126 3.20 32.5 47.8
9 7 x 19 133 0.150 3.81 42 62.3
8 7x24 168 0.157 3.99 53 78.7
v
7 7x30 210 0.179 4.55 66 98.4
6 7x38 266 0.210 5.33 84 125
5 7x48 336 0.235 5.97 106 157
4 7x60 420 0.272 6.91 132 197
3 19x28 532 0.304 7.72 169 252
2 19x35 665 0.338 8.59 211 315
1 19x44 836 0.397 10.1 266 395
110 19x 56 1064 0.451 11.5 338 503
U0 7x7~27 1323 0.470 11.9 425 632
310 7X7X34 1666 0.533 13.5 535 795
410 7X7X43 2107 0.627 15.9 676 1005
250 7x7~51 2499 0.682 17.3 802 1195
300 7X7X61 2989 0.768 19.5 960 1425
350 19X7X26 3458 0.809 20.5 1120 1665
400 19X7X30 3990 0.878 22.3 1290 1925
450 19x7~34 4522 0.933 23.7 1465 2180
500 19X7X38 5054 0.988 25.1 1635 2435
550 19X7X41 5453 1.056 26.8 1765 2630
600 19X7X45 5985 1.125 28.6 1940 2885
650 19x7~49 6517 1.166 29.6 2110 3140
700 19x7~52 6916 1.207 30.7 2240 3335
750 19x7~57 7581 1.276 32.4 2455 3655
9
800 19x7~60 7980 1.305 33.1 2585 3845
900 37X7X35 9065 1.323 33.6 2935 4370
lo00 37X7X39 10101 1.419 36.0 3270 4870
-
Authorized Engineering Information7-14-1982.

WC 7-1988
Table L-8
Copper Conductors, ClassM Each Individual Strand34 AWG, 0.0063 Inch (0.160 mm)
Conductor She, Suggested Approximate
Approximate Outside Diameter
Approximate Weight
AWG or kcmll Construction
Number of
inches mm Pounds per loo0 dm
Strands
Feet
20 1x26 26 0.038 0.97 3.2 4.74
18 1x41 41 0.048 1.22 5.0 7.48
16 1x65 65 0.060 1.52 8.0 11.9
14 l x 104 104 0.078 1.98 12.8 19.0
12 7x24 168 0.101 2.57 21.0 31.2
10 7x37 259 0.126 3.20 32.5 48.2
9 7x48 336 0.146 3.71 42 62.5
8 7x60 420 0.162 4.11 53 78.1
v
7 19x28 532 0.1% 4.98 67 100.0
6 19x35 665 0.215 5.46 84 125
5 19x44 836 0.240 6.10 105 157
4 19x56 1064 0.269 6.83 134 200
3 7X7X27 1323 0.305 7.75 169 251
2 7X7X34 1666 0.337 8.56 212 316
1 7X7X43 2107 0.376 9.55 268 399
110 7X7X54 2646 0.423 10.7 337 501
210 19X7X25 3325 0.508 12.9 427 636
310 19X7X32 4256 . 0.576 14.6 547 814
410 19X7X40 5320 0.645 16.4 684 1020
250 19x7~48 6384 0.713 18.1 821 1220
300 19x7~57 7581 0.768 19.5 975 1450
350 37X7X34 8806 0.825 21.0 1130 1685
400 37X7X39 10101 0.901 22.9 1300 1930
450 37X7X44 11396 0.940 23.9 1465 2180
500 37X7X49 12691 0.997 25.3 1630 2430
550 61x7~32 13664 1.035 26.3 1755 2615
600 61X7X35 14945 1.084 27.5 1920 2860
650 61X7X38 16226 1.133 28.8 2085 3105
700 61x7~41 17507 1.183 30.0 2250 3350
750 61x7~44 18788 1.207 30.7 2415 3595
800 61X7X47 20069 1.256 31.9 2580 3840 'i
900 61X7X53 22631 1.331 33.8 2910 4330
lo00 61x7~59 25193 1.404 35.7 32.40 4820
~~~ ~
E
Authorized Engineering Information 7-14-1982,

NEMA STANDARDIZATION
The purpose of NEMA Standards, their classification and status, are set forth in certain clauses of the NEMA
Standardization Policies and Procedures manual and are referenced below.
Purpose of Standards
National Electrical Manufacturers Association standardsare adopted in the public interest and
are designed to eliminate
misunderstandings between the manufacturer and the purchaser and to assist purchasers in selecting and obtaining the
proper product for their particular needs. Existence of a National Electrical Manufacturers Association standard does
not in any respect preclude any member or nonmember from manufacturing or selling products not conforming to the
standard. (Standardization Policies and Procedures, p . I )
Definition of a Standard
A standard of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association defines

a product, process, or procedure with reference
to one or more of the following: nomenclature, composition, construction, dimensions, tolerances, safety, operating
characteristics, performance, rating, testing, and the service for which they are designed.
‘ 4
(Standardization Policies and Procedures, p . 2)
Dimensions
Where dimensions are given for interchangeability purposes, alternate dimensions satisfying the other provisions of
the Standards Publication may be capable of otherwise equivalent performance.
(Standardization Policies and Procedures, p . 8)
Categories of Standards
National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standards are of two classes:
a 1. NEMA Standard, which relates to a product, process, or procedure commercially standardized and subject to
repetitive manufacture, which standard has been approved by at least 90 percent of the members of the Subdivi-
sion eligible to vote thereon;
2. Suggested Standard for Future Design, which may not have been regularly applied to a commercial product,
but which suggests a sound engineering approach to future development, which standard has been approved by
at least two-thirds of the members of the Subdivision eligible to vote thereon.
(Standardization Policies and Procedures, pp. 7 & 16)
Authorized Engineering Information
Authorized Engineering Information consists of explanatory data andother engineering information of an informative
character not falling within the classification of NEMA Standard or Suggested Standard for Future Design, which stan-
dard has been approved by at least two-thirds of the members of the Subdivision eligible to vote on the standard.
Official Standards Proposal
An Official Standards Proposal is an official draft of a proposed standard which is formally recommended to an
outside organization(s) for consideration, comment, and/or approval, and which has been approved by at least 90 per-
cent of the members of the Subdivision eligible to vote thereon.
Identification of Status
Standards in NEMA Standards Publications are identified in the foreword or following each standard as “NEMA
Standard” or “Suggested Standard for Future Design.” These indicate the status of the standard. These words are
0 followed by a date which indicates when the standard was adopted in its present form by the Association.
The material identified as ‘‘Authorized Engineering Information” and ‘‘Official Standards Proposal’’ is designated
similarly.
September I I , 1989


Nema WC 7 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nema WC 7 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NEMA Standards Publication No.

Revision No. 3, December, 1996

Prepared and Sponsored by:

Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.

Approved and Published by:

National Electrical Manufacturers Association

O Copyright 1998 by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

NEMA STANDARDS PUBLICATION NO.WC 7-1988/ICEA S-66-524

CROSS-LINKED-THERMOSETVING-POLYETHYLENE-INSULATED WIRE AND

Revision No.2, July 16, 1992

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

National Electrical Manufacturers Association

SUBJECT: R e v i s i o n 2 of NEMA S t a n d a r d s P u b l i c a t i o n No. WC 7

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

Revision No. 1 - September 1991

No. S-66-524 (Second Edition) andNEMA

National Electrical Manufacturers Association

O 1991 National Electrical Manufacturers Association

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

NEMA STANDARDS PUBLICATION NO. WC 7

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

Section 5 ASSEMBLY. FILLERS.AND CONDUCTORIDENTIFICATION

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

ICEA S-66-524 WC 7-1992

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

WC 7-1992 ICEA S-66-524

12-8 ... ... 15000-22000 los152

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

accordance with ASTM B 193 using round wires.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

4OOO-5OOO kcmil 1.05

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

O 2.7.1.1 Extrudable material, priorto application tothe

Multiple Conductor Cables and Thble 2-5a or 2-6aValue

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

19 135 8.20 852 13.7 8.33 8.83

15 5.32 3.24 3.37 5.41 3.30 3.43 e.. 1..

14 4.22 2.57 2.67 4.31 2.63 2.73 2.79 2.83

S.. 0.0295 0.0180 0.0187 0.0187 0.0187

a.. ... 0,0118 0.00719 0.00740 0.00740 0.00747

9.. ... 0.0101 0.00616 0.00634 0.00640 O.Oo640

4Ooo ... ... ... 0.00451 0.00275 0.00283

*Concentric lay-stranded includes compressed and compact conductors.

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

4.18 4.18 ...

S.. ... 4.49 4.49

1.04 1.04 1.06 1.11

a.. 1.08 1.12 1.14

... ... ..*

1300 0.00854 0.00862 0.00870 ... 0.00888 0.00897 0.00905

... 0.00729 0.00729 0.00735 ... ...

... 0.00666 0.00666 0.00672 ... ...

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association

COPYRIGHT National Electrical Manufacturers Association